// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initialized`
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initializing`
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC2981Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC2981_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC2981_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }
    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981Upgradeable
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }
        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[48] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Optimized and flexible operator filterer to abide to OpenSea's
/// mandatory on-chain royalty enforcement in order for new collections to
/// receive royalties.
/// For more information, see:
/// See: https://github.com/ProjectOpenSea/operator-filter-registry
abstract contract OperatorFilterer {
    /// @dev The default OpenSea operator blocklist subscription.
    address internal constant _DEFAULT_SUBSCRIPTION = 0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;
    /// @dev The OpenSea operator filter registry.
    address internal constant _OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY = 0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E;
    /// @dev Registers the current contract to OpenSea's operator filter,
    /// and subscribe to the default OpenSea operator blocklist.
    /// Note: Will not revert nor update existing settings for repeated registration.
    function _registerForOperatorFiltering() internal virtual {
        _registerForOperatorFiltering(_DEFAULT_SUBSCRIPTION, true);
    }
    /// @dev Registers the current contract to OpenSea's operator filter.
    /// Note: Will not revert nor update existing settings for repeated registration.
    function _registerForOperatorFiltering(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe)
        internal
        virtual
    {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let functionSelector := 0x7d3e3dbe // `registerAndSubscribe(address,address)`.
            // Clean the upper 96 bits of `subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy` in case they are dirty.
            subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy := shr(96, shl(96, subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy))
            for {} iszero(subscribe) {} {
                if iszero(subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy) {
                    functionSelector := 0x4420e486 // `register(address)`.
                    break
                }
                functionSelector := 0xa0af2903 // `registerAndCopyEntries(address,address)`.
                break
            }
            // Store the function selector.
            mstore(0x00, shl(224, functionSelector))
            // Store the `address(this)`.
            mstore(0x04, address())
            // Store the `subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy`.
            mstore(0x24, subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy)
            // Register into the registry.
            if iszero(call(gas(), _OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY, 0, 0x00, 0x44, 0x00, 0x04)) {
                // If the function selector has not been overwritten,
                // it is an out-of-gas error.
                if eq(shr(224, mload(0x00)), functionSelector) {
                    // To prevent gas under-estimation.
                    revert(0, 0)
                }
            }
            // Restore the part of the free memory pointer that was overwritten,
            // which is guaranteed to be zero, because of Solidity's memory size limits.
            mstore(0x24, 0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Modifier to guard a function and revert if the caller is a blocked operator.
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            if (!_isPriorityOperator(msg.sender)) {
                if (_operatorFilteringEnabled()) _revertIfBlocked(msg.sender);
            }
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Modifier to guard a function from approving a blocked operator..
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        if (!_isPriorityOperator(operator)) {
            if (_operatorFilteringEnabled()) _revertIfBlocked(operator);
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Helper function that reverts if the `operator` is blocked by the registry.
    function _revertIfBlocked(address operator) private view {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Store the function selector of `isOperatorAllowed(address,address)`,
            // shifted left by 6 bytes, which is enough for 8tb of memory.
            // We waste 6-3 = 3 bytes to save on 6 runtime gas (PUSH1 0x224 SHL).
            mstore(0x00, 0xc6171134001122334455)
            // Store the `address(this)`.
            mstore(0x1a, address())
            // Store the `operator`.
            mstore(0x3a, operator)
            // `isOperatorAllowed` always returns true if it does not revert.
            if iszero(staticcall(gas(), _OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY, 0x16, 0x44, 0x00, 0x00)) {
                // Bubble up the revert if the staticcall reverts.
                returndatacopy(0x00, 0x00, returndatasize())
                revert(0x00, returndatasize())
            }
            // We'll skip checking if `from` is inside the blacklist.
            // Even though that can block transferring out of wrapper contracts,
            // we don't want tokens to be stuck.
            // Restore the part of the free memory pointer that was overwritten,
            // which is guaranteed to be zero, if less than 8tb of memory is used.
            mstore(0x3a, 0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev For deriving contracts to override, so that operator filtering
    /// can be turned on / off.
    /// Returns true by default.
    function _operatorFilteringEnabled() internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }
    /// @dev For deriving contracts to override, so that preferred marketplaces can
    /// skip operator filtering, helping users save gas.
    /// Returns false for all inputs by default.
    function _isPriorityOperator(address) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return false;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Archetype v0.6.0
//
//        d8888                 888               888
//       d88888                 888               888
//      d88P888                 888               888
//     d88P 888 888d888 .d8888b 88888b.   .d88b.  888888 888  888 88888b.   .d88b.
//    d88P  888 888P"  d88P"    888 "88b d8P  Y8b 888    888  888 888 "88b d8P  Y8b
//   d88P   888 888    888      888  888 88888888 888    888  888 888  888 88888888
//  d8888888888 888    Y88b.    888  888 Y8b.     Y88b.  Y88b 888 888 d88P Y8b.
// d88P     888 888     "Y8888P 888  888  "Y8888   "Y888  "Y88888 88888P"   "Y8888
//                                                            888 888
//                                                       Y8b d88P 888
//                                                        "Y88P"  888
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "./ArchetypeLogic.sol";
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721A__Initializable.sol";
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol";
import "./ERC721A__OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "solady/src/utils/LibString.sol";
import "closedsea/src/OperatorFilterer.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/common/ERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
contract Archetype is
  ERC721A__Initializable,
  ERC721AUpgradeable,
  OperatorFilterer,
  ERC721A__OwnableUpgradeable,
  ERC2981Upgradeable,
  ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
  //
  // EVENTS
  //
  event Invited(bytes32 indexed key, bytes32 indexed cid);
  event Referral(address indexed affiliate, address token, uint128 wad, uint256 numMints);
  event Withdrawal(address indexed src, address token, uint128 wad);
  //
  // VARIABLES
  //
  mapping(bytes32 => DutchInvite) public invites;
  mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => uint256)) private _minted;
  mapping(bytes32 => uint256) private _listSupply;
  mapping(address => OwnerBalance) private _ownerBalance;
  mapping(address => mapping(address => uint128)) private _affiliateBalance;
  Config public config;
  BurnConfig public burnConfig;
  Options public options;
  //
  // METHODS
  //
  function initialize(
    string memory name,
    string memory symbol,
    Config calldata config_,
    address _receiver
  ) external initializerERC721A {
    __ERC721A_init(name, symbol);
    // check max bps not reached and min platform fee.
    if (
      config_.affiliateFee > MAXBPS ||
      config_.platformFee > MAXBPS ||
      config_.platformFee < 500 ||
      config_.discounts.affiliateDiscount > MAXBPS ||
      config_.affiliateSigner == address(0) ||
      config_.maxBatchSize == 0
    ) {
      revert InvalidConfig();
    }
    // ensure mint tiers are correctly ordered from highest to lowest.
    for (uint256 i = 1; i < config_.discounts.mintTiers.length; ) {
      if (
        config_.discounts.mintTiers[i].mintDiscount > MAXBPS ||
        config_.discounts.mintTiers[i].numMints > config_.discounts.mintTiers[i - 1].numMints
      ) {
        revert InvalidConfig();
      }
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    config = config_;
    __Ownable_init();
    if (config.ownerAltPayout != address(0)) {
      setDefaultRoyalty(config.ownerAltPayout, config.defaultRoyalty);
    } else {
      setDefaultRoyalty(_receiver, config.defaultRoyalty);
    }
  }
  //
  // PUBLIC
  //
  function mint(
    Auth calldata auth,
    uint256 quantity,
    address affiliate,
    bytes calldata signature
  ) external payable {
    mintTo(auth, quantity, _msgSender(), affiliate, signature);
  }
  function batchMintTo(
    Auth calldata auth,
    address[] calldata toList,
    uint256[] calldata quantityList,
    address affiliate,
    bytes calldata signature
  ) external payable {
    if (quantityList.length != toList.length) {
      revert InvalidConfig();
    }
    DutchInvite storage invite = invites[auth.key];
    uint256 curSupply = _totalMinted();
    uint256 quantity;
    for (uint256 i; i < toList.length; ) {
      uint256 quantityToAdd;
      if (invite.unitSize > 1) {
        quantityToAdd = quantityList[i] * invite.unitSize;
      } else {
        quantityToAdd = quantityList[i];
      }
      quantity += quantityToAdd;
      _mint(toList[i], quantityToAdd);
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    ArchetypeLogic.validateMint(
      invite,
      config,
      auth,
      quantity,
      owner(),
      affiliate,
      curSupply,
      _minted,
      _listSupply,
      signature
    );
    if (invite.limit < invite.maxSupply) {
      _minted[_msgSender()][auth.key] += quantity;
    }
    if (invite.maxSupply < config.maxSupply) {
      _listSupply[auth.key] += quantity;
    }
    ArchetypeLogic.updateBalances(
      invite,
      config,
      _ownerBalance,
      _affiliateBalance,
      affiliate,
      quantity
    );
  }
  function mintTo(
    Auth calldata auth,
    uint256 quantity,
    address to,
    address affiliate,
    bytes calldata signature
  ) public payable {
    DutchInvite storage i = invites[auth.key];
    if (i.unitSize > 1) {
      quantity = quantity * i.unitSize;
    }
    uint256 curSupply = _totalMinted();
    ArchetypeLogic.validateMint(
      i,
      config,
      auth,
      quantity,
      owner(),
      affiliate,
      curSupply,
      _minted,
      _listSupply,
      signature
    );
    _mint(to, quantity);
    if (i.limit < i.maxSupply) {
      _minted[_msgSender()][auth.key] += quantity;
    }
    if (i.maxSupply < config.maxSupply) {
      _listSupply[auth.key] += quantity;
    }
    ArchetypeLogic.updateBalances(i, config, _ownerBalance, _affiliateBalance, affiliate, quantity);
  }
  function burnToMint(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external {
    uint256 curSupply = _totalMinted();
    ArchetypeLogic.validateBurnToMint(config, burnConfig, tokenIds, curSupply, _minted);
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    for (uint256 i; i < tokenIds.length; ) {
      address burnAddress = burnConfig.burnAddress != address(0)
        ? burnConfig.burnAddress
        : address(0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD);
      burnConfig.archetype.transferFrom(msgSender, burnAddress, tokenIds[i]);
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    uint256 quantity = burnConfig.reversed
      ? tokenIds.length * burnConfig.ratio
      : tokenIds.length / burnConfig.ratio;
    _mint(msgSender, quantity);
    if (burnConfig.limit < config.maxSupply) {
      _minted[msgSender][bytes32("burn")] += quantity;
    }
  }
  function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
    if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    return
      bytes(config.baseUri).length != 0
        ? string(abi.encodePacked(config.baseUri, LibString.toString(tokenId)))
        : "";
  }
  function withdraw() external {
    address[] memory tokens = new address[](1);
    tokens[0] = address(0);
    withdrawTokens(tokens);
  }
  function withdrawTokens(address[] memory tokens) public {
    ArchetypeLogic.withdrawTokens(config, _ownerBalance, _affiliateBalance, owner(), tokens);
  }
  function ownerBalance() external view returns (OwnerBalance memory) {
    return _ownerBalance[address(0)];
  }
  function ownerBalanceToken(address token) external view returns (OwnerBalance memory) {
    return _ownerBalance[token];
  }
  function affiliateBalance(address affiliate) external view returns (uint128) {
    return _affiliateBalance[affiliate][address(0)];
  }
  function affiliateBalanceToken(address affiliate, address token) external view returns (uint128) {
    return _affiliateBalance[affiliate][token];
  }
  function minted(address minter, bytes32 key) external view returns (uint256) {
    return _minted[minter][key];
  }
  function listSupply(bytes32 key) external view returns (uint256) {
    return _listSupply[key];
  }
  function platform() external pure returns (address) {
    return PLATFORM;
  }
  function computePrice(
    bytes32 key,
    uint256 quantity,
    bool affiliateUsed
  ) external view returns (uint256) {
    DutchInvite storage i = invites[key];
    return ArchetypeLogic.computePrice(i, config.discounts, quantity, affiliateUsed);
  }
  //
  // OWNER ONLY
  //
  function setBaseURI(string memory baseUri) external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.uriLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    config.baseUri = baseUri;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockURI(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.uriLocked = true;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  // max supply cannot subceed total supply. Be careful changing.
  function setMaxSupply(uint32 maxSupply, string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    if (options.maxSupplyLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    if (maxSupply < _totalMinted()) {
      revert MaxSupplyExceeded();
    }
    config.maxSupply = maxSupply;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockMaxSupply(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.maxSupplyLocked = true;
  }
  function setAffiliateFee(uint16 affiliateFee) external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.affiliateFeeLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    if (affiliateFee > MAXBPS) {
      revert InvalidConfig();
    }
    config.affiliateFee = affiliateFee;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockAffiliateFee(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.affiliateFeeLocked = true;
  }
  function setDiscounts(Discount calldata discounts) external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.discountsLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    if (discounts.affiliateDiscount > MAXBPS) {
      revert InvalidConfig();
    }
    // ensure mint tiers are correctly ordered from highest to lowest.
    for (uint256 i = 1; i < discounts.mintTiers.length; ) {
      if (
        discounts.mintTiers[i].mintDiscount > MAXBPS ||
        discounts.mintTiers[i].numMints > discounts.mintTiers[i - 1].numMints
      ) {
        revert InvalidConfig();
      }
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    config.discounts = discounts;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockDiscounts(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.discountsLocked = true;
  }
  function setOwnerAltPayout(address ownerAltPayout) external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.ownerAltPayoutLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    config.ownerAltPayout = ownerAltPayout;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockOwnerAltPayout(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.ownerAltPayoutLocked = true;
  }
  function setMaxBatchSize(uint32 maxBatchSize) external _onlyOwner {
    config.maxBatchSize = maxBatchSize;
  }
  function setInvite(
    bytes32 _key,
    bytes32 _cid,
    Invite calldata _invite
  ) external _onlyOwner {
    invites[_key] = DutchInvite({
      price: _invite.price,
      reservePrice: _invite.price,
      delta: 0,
      start: _invite.start,
      end: _invite.end,
      limit: _invite.limit,
      maxSupply: _invite.maxSupply,
      interval: 0,
      unitSize: _invite.unitSize,
      tokenAddress: _invite.tokenAddress
    });
    emit Invited(_key, _cid);
  }
  function setDutchInvite(
    bytes32 _key,
    bytes32 _cid,
    DutchInvite memory _dutchInvite
  ) external _onlyOwner {
    if (_dutchInvite.start < block.timestamp) {
      _dutchInvite.start = uint32(block.timestamp);
    }
    invites[_key] = _dutchInvite;
    emit Invited(_key, _cid);
  }
  function enableBurnToMint(
    address archetype,
    address burnAddress,
    bool reversed,
    uint16 ratio,
    uint64 start,
    uint64 limit
  ) external _onlyOwner {
    burnConfig = BurnConfig({
      archetype: IERC721AUpgradeable(archetype),
      burnAddress: burnAddress,
      enabled: true,
      reversed: reversed,
      ratio: ratio,
      start: start,
      limit: limit
    });
  }
  function disableBurnToMint() external _onlyOwner {
    burnConfig = BurnConfig({
      archetype: IERC721AUpgradeable(address(0)),
      burnAddress: address(0),
      enabled: false,
      reversed: false,
      ratio: 0,
      start: 0,
      limit: 0
    });
  }
  //
  // PLATFORM ONLY
  //
  function setSuperAffiliatePayout(address superAffiliatePayout) external _onlyPlatform {
    config.superAffiliatePayout = superAffiliatePayout;
  }
  //
  // INTERNAL
  //
  function _startTokenId() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
    return 1;
  }
  function _msgSender() internal view returns (address) {
    return msg.sender == BATCH ? tx.origin : msg.sender;
  }
  modifier _onlyPlatform() {
    if (_msgSender() != PLATFORM) {
      revert NotPlatform();
    }
    _;
  }
  modifier _onlyOwner() {
    if (_msgSender() != owner()) {
      revert NotOwner();
    }
    _;
  }
  // OPTIONAL ROYALTY ENFORCEMENT WITH OPENSEA
  function enableRoyaltyEnforcement() external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.royaltyEnforcementLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    _registerForOperatorFiltering();
    options.royaltyEnforcementEnabled = true;
  }
  function disableRoyaltyEnforcement() external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.royaltyEnforcementLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    options.royaltyEnforcementEnabled = false;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockRoyaltyEnforcement(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.royaltyEnforcementLocked = true;
  }
  function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved)
    public
    override
    onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
  {
    super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
  }
  function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId)
    public
    payable
    override
    onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
  {
    super.approve(operator, tokenId);
  }
  function transferFrom(
    address from,
    address to,
    uint256 tokenId
  ) public payable override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
    super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
  }
  function safeTransferFrom(
    address from,
    address to,
    uint256 tokenId
  ) public payable override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
    super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
  }
  function safeTransferFrom(
    address from,
    address to,
    uint256 tokenId,
    bytes memory data
  ) public payable override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
    super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
  }
  function _operatorFilteringEnabled() internal view override returns (bool) {
    return options.royaltyEnforcementEnabled;
  }
  //ERC2981 ROYALTY
  function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
    public
    view
    virtual
    override(ERC721AUpgradeable, ERC2981Upgradeable)
    returns (bool)
  {
    // Supports the following `interfaceId`s:
    // - IERC165: 0x01ffc9a7
    // - IERC721: 0x80ac58cd
    // - IERC721Metadata: 0x5b5e139f
    // - IERC2981: 0x2a55205a
    return
      ERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
      ERC2981Upgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
  }
  function setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint16 feeNumerator) public _onlyOwner {
    config.defaultRoyalty = feeNumerator;
    _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, feeNumerator);
  }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ArchetypeLogic v0.6.0
//
//        d8888                 888               888
//       d88888                 888               888
//      d88P888                 888               888
//     d88P 888 888d888 .d8888b 88888b.   .d88b.  888888 888  888 88888b.   .d88b.
//    d88P  888 888P"  d88P"    888 "88b d8P  Y8b 888    888  888 888 "88b d8P  Y8b
//   d88P   888 888    888      888  888 88888888 888    888  888 888  888 88888888
//  d8888888888 888    Y88b.    888  888 Y8b.     Y88b.  Y88b 888 888 d88P Y8b.
// d88P     888 888     "Y8888P 888  888  "Y8888   "Y888  "Y88888 88888P"   "Y8888
//                                                            888 888
//                                                       Y8b d88P 888
//                                                        "Y88P"  888
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "solady/src/utils/MerkleProofLib.sol";
import "solady/src/utils/ECDSA.sol";
error InvalidConfig();
error MintNotYetStarted();
error MintEnded();
error WalletUnauthorizedToMint();
error InsufficientEthSent();
error ExcessiveEthSent();
error Erc20BalanceTooLow();
error MaxSupplyExceeded();
error ListMaxSupplyExceeded();
error NumberOfMintsExceeded();
error MintingPaused();
error InvalidReferral();
error InvalidSignature();
error BalanceEmpty();
error TransferFailed();
error MaxBatchSizeExceeded();
error BurnToMintDisabled();
error NotTokenOwner();
error NotPlatform();
error NotOwner();
error NotApprovedToTransfer();
error InvalidAmountOfTokens();
error WrongPassword();
error LockedForever();
//
// STRUCTS
//
struct Auth {
  bytes32 key;
  bytes32[] proof;
}
struct MintTier {
  uint16 numMints;
  uint16 mintDiscount; //BPS
}
struct Discount {
  uint16 affiliateDiscount; //BPS
  MintTier[] mintTiers;
}
struct Config {
  string baseUri;
  address affiliateSigner;
  address ownerAltPayout; // optional alternative address for owner withdrawals.
  address superAffiliatePayout; // optional super affiliate address, will receive half of platform fee if set.
  uint32 maxSupply;
  uint32 maxBatchSize;
  uint16 affiliateFee; //BPS
  uint16 platformFee; //BPS
  uint16 defaultRoyalty; //BPS
  Discount discounts;
}
struct Options {
  bool uriLocked;
  bool maxSupplyLocked;
  bool affiliateFeeLocked;
  bool discountsLocked;
  bool ownerAltPayoutLocked;
  bool royaltyEnforcementEnabled;
  bool royaltyEnforcementLocked;
}
struct DutchInvite {
  uint128 price;
  uint128 reservePrice;
  uint128 delta;
  uint32 start;
  uint32 end;
  uint32 limit;
  uint32 maxSupply;
  uint32 interval;
  uint32 unitSize; // mint 1 get x
  address tokenAddress;
}
struct Invite {
  uint128 price;
  uint32 start;
  uint32 end;
  uint32 limit;
  uint32 maxSupply;
  uint32 unitSize; // mint 1 get x
  address tokenAddress;
}
struct OwnerBalance {
  uint128 owner;
  uint128 platform;
}
struct BurnConfig {
  IERC721AUpgradeable archetype;
  address burnAddress;
  bool enabled;
  bool reversed; // side of the ratio (false=burn {ratio} get 1, true=burn 1 get {ratio})
  uint16 ratio;
  uint64 start;
  uint64 limit;
}
address constant PLATFORM = 0x86B82972282Dd22348374bC63fd21620F7ED847B;
address constant BATCH = 0x6Bc558A6DC48dEfa0e7022713c23D65Ab26e4Fa7;
uint16 constant MAXBPS = 5000; // max fee or discount is 50%
library ArchetypeLogic {
  //
  // EVENTS
  //
  event Invited(bytes32 indexed key, bytes32 indexed cid);
  event Referral(address indexed affiliate, address token, uint128 wad, uint256 numMints);
  event Withdrawal(address indexed src, address token, uint128 wad);
  // calculate price based on affiliate usage and mint discounts
  function computePrice(
    DutchInvite storage invite,
    Discount storage discounts,
    uint256 numTokens,
    bool affiliateUsed
  ) public view returns (uint256) {
    uint256 price = invite.price;
    if (invite.interval != 0) {
      uint256 diff = (((block.timestamp - invite.start) / invite.interval) * invite.delta);
      if (price > invite.reservePrice) {
        if (diff > price - invite.reservePrice) {
          price = invite.reservePrice;
        } else {
          price = price - diff;
        }
      } else if (price < invite.reservePrice) {
        if (diff > invite.reservePrice - price) {
          price = invite.reservePrice;
        } else {
          price = price + diff;
        }
      }
    }
    uint256 cost = price * numTokens;
    if (affiliateUsed) {
      cost = cost - ((cost * discounts.affiliateDiscount) / 10000);
    }
    uint256 numMints = discounts.mintTiers.length;
    for (uint256 i; i < numMints; ) {
      uint256 tierNumMints = discounts.mintTiers[i].numMints;
      if (numTokens >= tierNumMints) {
        return cost - ((cost * discounts.mintTiers[i].mintDiscount) / 10000);
      }
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    return cost;
  }
  function validateMint(
    DutchInvite storage i,
    Config storage config,
    Auth calldata auth,
    uint256 quantity,
    address owner,
    address affiliate,
    uint256 curSupply,
    mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => uint256)) storage minted,
    mapping(bytes32 => uint256) storage listSupply,
    bytes calldata signature
  ) public view {
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    if (affiliate != address(0)) {
      if (affiliate == PLATFORM || affiliate == owner || affiliate == msgSender) {
        revert InvalidReferral();
      }
      validateAffiliate(affiliate, signature, config.affiliateSigner);
    }
    if (i.limit == 0) {
      revert MintingPaused();
    }
    if (!verify(auth, i.tokenAddress, msgSender)) {
      revert WalletUnauthorizedToMint();
    }
    if (block.timestamp < i.start) {
      revert MintNotYetStarted();
    }
    if (i.end > i.start && block.timestamp > i.end) {
      revert MintEnded();
    }
    if (i.limit < i.maxSupply) {
      uint256 totalAfterMint = minted[msgSender][auth.key] + quantity;
      if (totalAfterMint > i.limit) {
        revert NumberOfMintsExceeded();
      }
    }
    if (i.maxSupply < config.maxSupply) {
      uint256 totalAfterMint = listSupply[auth.key] + quantity;
      if (totalAfterMint > i.maxSupply) {
        revert ListMaxSupplyExceeded();
      }
    }
    if (quantity > config.maxBatchSize) {
      revert MaxBatchSizeExceeded();
    }
    if ((curSupply + quantity) > config.maxSupply) {
      revert MaxSupplyExceeded();
    }
    uint256 cost = computePrice(i, config.discounts, quantity, affiliate != address(0));
    if (i.tokenAddress != address(0)) {
      IERC20Upgradeable erc20Token = IERC20Upgradeable(i.tokenAddress);
      if (erc20Token.allowance(msgSender, address(this)) < cost) {
        revert NotApprovedToTransfer();
      }
      if (erc20Token.balanceOf(msgSender) < cost) {
        revert Erc20BalanceTooLow();
      }
      if (msg.value != 0) {
        revert ExcessiveEthSent();
      }
    } else {
      if (msg.value < cost) {
        revert InsufficientEthSent();
      }
      if (msg.value > cost) {
        revert ExcessiveEthSent();
      }
    }
  }
  function validateBurnToMint(
    Config storage config,
    BurnConfig storage burnConfig,
    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
    uint256 curSupply,
    mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => uint256)) storage minted
  ) public view {
    if (!burnConfig.enabled) {
      revert BurnToMintDisabled();
    }
    if (block.timestamp < burnConfig.start) {
      revert MintNotYetStarted();
    }
    // check if msgSender owns tokens and has correct approvals
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    for (uint256 i; i < tokenIds.length; ) {
      if (burnConfig.archetype.ownerOf(tokenIds[i]) != msgSender) {
        revert NotTokenOwner();
      }
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    if (!burnConfig.archetype.isApprovedForAll(msgSender, address(this))) {
      revert NotApprovedToTransfer();
    }
    uint256 quantity;
    if (burnConfig.reversed) {
      quantity = tokenIds.length * burnConfig.ratio;
    } else {
      if (tokenIds.length % burnConfig.ratio != 0) {
        revert InvalidAmountOfTokens();
      }
      quantity = tokenIds.length / burnConfig.ratio;
    }
    if (quantity > config.maxBatchSize) {
      revert MaxBatchSizeExceeded();
    }
    if (burnConfig.limit < config.maxSupply) {
      uint256 totalAfterMint = minted[msgSender][bytes32("burn")] + quantity;
      if (totalAfterMint > burnConfig.limit) {
        revert NumberOfMintsExceeded();
      }
    }
    if ((curSupply + quantity) > config.maxSupply) {
      revert MaxSupplyExceeded();
    }
  }
  function updateBalances(
    DutchInvite storage i,
    Config storage config,
    mapping(address => OwnerBalance) storage _ownerBalance,
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint128)) storage _affiliateBalance,
    address affiliate,
    uint256 quantity
  ) public {
    address tokenAddress = i.tokenAddress;
    uint128 value = uint128(msg.value);
    if (tokenAddress != address(0)) {
      value = uint128(computePrice(i, config.discounts, quantity, affiliate != address(0)));
    }
    uint128 affiliateWad;
    if (affiliate != address(0)) {
      affiliateWad = (value * config.affiliateFee) / 10000;
      _affiliateBalance[affiliate][tokenAddress] += affiliateWad;
      emit Referral(affiliate, tokenAddress, affiliateWad, quantity);
    }
    uint128 superAffiliateWad;
    if (config.superAffiliatePayout != address(0)) {
      superAffiliateWad = ((value * config.platformFee) / 2) / 10000;
      _affiliateBalance[config.superAffiliatePayout][tokenAddress] += superAffiliateWad;
    }
    OwnerBalance memory balance = _ownerBalance[tokenAddress];
    uint128 platformWad = ((value * config.platformFee) / 10000) - superAffiliateWad;
    uint128 ownerWad = value - affiliateWad - platformWad - superAffiliateWad;
    _ownerBalance[tokenAddress] = OwnerBalance({
      owner: balance.owner + ownerWad,
      platform: balance.platform + platformWad
    });
    if (tokenAddress != address(0)) {
      IERC20Upgradeable erc20Token = IERC20Upgradeable(tokenAddress);
      erc20Token.transferFrom(_msgSender(), address(this), value);
    }
  }
  function withdrawTokens(
    Config storage config,
    mapping(address => OwnerBalance) storage _ownerBalance,
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint128)) storage _affiliateBalance,
    address owner,
    address[] calldata tokens
  ) public {
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    for (uint256 i; i < tokens.length; ) {
      address tokenAddress = tokens[i];
      uint128 wad;
      if (msgSender == owner || msgSender == config.ownerAltPayout || msgSender == PLATFORM) {
        OwnerBalance storage balance = _ownerBalance[tokenAddress];
        if (msgSender == owner || msgSender == config.ownerAltPayout) {
          wad = balance.owner;
          balance.owner = 0;
        } else {
          wad = balance.platform;
          balance.platform = 0;
        }
      } else {
        wad = _affiliateBalance[msgSender][tokenAddress];
        _affiliateBalance[msgSender][tokenAddress] = 0;
      }
      if (wad == 0) {
        revert BalanceEmpty();
      }
      if (tokenAddress == address(0)) {
        bool success = false;
        // send to ownerAltPayout if set and owner is withdrawing
        if (msgSender == owner && config.ownerAltPayout != address(0)) {
          (success, ) = payable(config.ownerAltPayout).call{ value: wad }("");
        } else {
          (success, ) = msgSender.call{ value: wad }("");
        }
        if (!success) {
          revert TransferFailed();
        }
      } else {
        IERC20Upgradeable erc20Token = IERC20Upgradeable(tokenAddress);
        if (msgSender == owner && config.ownerAltPayout != address(0)) {
          erc20Token.transfer(config.ownerAltPayout, wad);
        } else {
          erc20Token.transfer(msgSender, wad);
        }
      }
      emit Withdrawal(msgSender, tokenAddress, wad);
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
  }
  function validateAffiliate(
    address affiliate,
    bytes calldata signature,
    address affiliateSigner
  ) public view {
    bytes32 signedMessagehash = ECDSA.toEthSignedMessageHash(
      keccak256(abi.encodePacked(affiliate))
    );
    address signer = ECDSA.recover(signedMessagehash, signature);
    if (signer != affiliateSigner) {
      revert InvalidSignature();
    }
  }
  function verify(
    Auth calldata auth,
    address tokenAddress,
    address account
  ) public pure returns (bool) {
    // keys 0-255 and tokenAddress are public
    if (uint256(auth.key) <= 0xff || auth.key == keccak256(abi.encodePacked(tokenAddress))) {
      return true;
    }
    return MerkleProofLib.verify(auth.proof, auth.key, keccak256(abi.encodePacked(account)));
  }
  function _msgSender() internal view returns (address) {
    return msg.sender == BATCH ? tx.origin : msg.sender;
  }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
import 'erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
import 'erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract ERC721A__OwnableUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, ERC721AUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSenderERC721A());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _isOwner();
        _;
    }
    function _isOwner() internal view {
        require(owner() == _msgSenderERC721A(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 */
import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol';
abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable {
    using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializerERC721A() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing
                ? _isConstructor()
                : !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized'
        );
        bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true;
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() {
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing'
        );
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        // extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and
        // address returns the current address. Since the code is still not
        // deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will
        // yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is
        // under construction or not.
        address self = address(this);
        uint256 cs;
        assembly {
            cs := extcodesize(self)
        }
        return cs == 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base storage for the  initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts
 **/
library ERC721A__InitializableStorage {
    struct Layout {
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        bool _initialized;
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool _initializing;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
library ERC721AStorage {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }
    struct Layout {
        // =============================================================
        //                            STORAGE
        // =============================================================
        // The next token ID to be minted.
        uint256 _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string _name;
        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
        // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..159]   `addr`
        // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
        // - [224]      `burned`
        // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
        // - [232..255] `extraData`
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..63]    `balance`
        // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
        // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
        // - [192..255] `aux`
        mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
        mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol';
import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout;
    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================
    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
        if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId];
            // If not burned.
            if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                // If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
                if (packed == 0) {
                    if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // before an unintialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
                    //
                    // We can directly compare the packed value.
                    // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                    for (;;) {
                        unchecked {
                            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
                        }
                        if (packed == 0) continue;
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
                // This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
                // This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
                return packed;
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        _approve(to, tokenId, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try
            ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data)
        returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )
                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);
        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _approve(to, tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bool approvalCheck
    ) internal virtual {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck)
            if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
                if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                    revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @title ERC721AQueryable.
 *
 * @dev ERC721A subclass with convenience query functions.
 */
abstract contract ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is
    ERC721A__Initializable,
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        TokenOwnership memory ownership;
        if (tokenId < _startTokenId() || tokenId >= _nextTokenId()) {
            return ownership;
        }
        ownership = _ownershipAt(tokenId);
        if (ownership.burned) {
            return ownership;
        }
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
        external
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (TokenOwnership[] memory)
    {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = tokenIds.length;
            TokenOwnership[] memory ownerships = new TokenOwnership[](tokenIdsLength);
            for (uint256 i; i != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownerships[i] = explicitOwnershipOf(tokenIds[i]);
            }
            return ownerships;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            if (start >= stop) revert InvalidQueryRange();
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            uint256 stopLimit = _nextTokenId();
            // Set `start = max(start, _startTokenId())`.
            if (start < _startTokenId()) {
                start = _startTokenId();
            }
            // Set `stop = min(stop, stopLimit)`.
            if (stop > stopLimit) {
                stop = stopLimit;
            }
            uint256 tokenIdsMaxLength = balanceOf(owner);
            // Set `tokenIdsMaxLength = min(balanceOf(owner), stop - start)`,
            // to cater for cases where `balanceOf(owner)` is too big.
            if (start < stop) {
                uint256 rangeLength = stop - start;
                if (rangeLength < tokenIdsMaxLength) {
                    tokenIdsMaxLength = rangeLength;
                }
            } else {
                tokenIdsMaxLength = 0;
            }
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsMaxLength);
            if (tokenIdsMaxLength == 0) {
                return tokenIds;
            }
            // We need to call `explicitOwnershipOf(start)`,
            // because the slot at `start` may not be initialized.
            TokenOwnership memory ownership = explicitOwnershipOf(start);
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            // If the starting slot exists (i.e. not burned), initialize `currOwnershipAddr`.
            // `ownership.address` will not be zero, as `start` is clamped to the valid token ID range.
            if (!ownership.burned) {
                currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
            }
            for (uint256 i = start; i != stop && tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsMaxLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            // Downsize the array to fit.
            assembly {
                mstore(tokenIds, tokenIdsIdx)
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = balanceOf(owner);
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsLength);
            TokenOwnership memory ownership;
            for (uint256 i = _startTokenId(); tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721AQueryable.
 */
interface IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * Invalid query range (`start` >= `stop`).
     */
    error InvalidQueryRange();
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] memory tokenIds) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Gas optimized ECDSA wrapper.
/// @author Solady (https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/src/utils/ECDSA.sol)
/// @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/ECDSA.sol)
/// @author Modified from OpenZeppelin (https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/master/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
library ECDSA {
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes calldata signature) internal view returns (address result) {
        assembly {
            if eq(signature.length, 65) {
                // Copy the free memory pointer so that we can restore it later.
                let m := mload(0x40)
                // Directly copy `r` and `s` from the calldata.
                calldatacopy(0x40, signature.offset, 0x40)
                // If `s` in lower half order, such that the signature is not malleable.
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(gt(mload(0x60), 0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff5d576e7357a4501ddfe92f46681b20a0)) {
                    mstore(0x00, hash)
                    // Compute `v` and store it in the scratch space.
                    mstore(0x20, byte(0, calldataload(add(signature.offset, 0x40))))
                    pop(
                        staticcall(
                            gas(), // Amount of gas left for the transaction.
                            0x01, // Address of `ecrecover`.
                            0x00, // Start of input.
                            0x80, // Size of input.
                            0x40, // Start of output.
                            0x20 // Size of output.
                        )
                    )
                    // Restore the zero slot.
                    mstore(0x60, 0)
                    // `returndatasize()` will be `0x20` upon success, and `0x00` otherwise.
                    result := mload(sub(0x60, returndatasize()))
                }
                // Restore the free memory pointer.
                mstore(0x40, m)
            }
        }
    }
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal view returns (address result) {
        assembly {
            // Copy the free memory pointer so that we can restore it later.
            let m := mload(0x40)
            // prettier-ignore
            let s := and(vs, 0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            // If `s` in lower half order, such that the signature is not malleable.
            // prettier-ignore
            if iszero(gt(s, 0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff5d576e7357a4501ddfe92f46681b20a0)) {
                mstore(0x00, hash)
                mstore(0x20, add(shr(255, vs), 27))
                mstore(0x40, r)
                mstore(0x60, s)
                pop(
                    staticcall(
                        gas(), // Amount of gas left for the transaction.
                        0x01, // Address of `ecrecover`.
                        0x00, // Start of input.
                        0x80, // Size of input.
                        0x40, // Start of output.
                        0x20 // Size of output.
                    )
                )
                // Restore the zero slot.
                mstore(0x60, 0)
                // `returndatasize()` will be `0x20` upon success, and `0x00` otherwise.
                result := mload(sub(0x60, returndatasize()))
            }
            // Restore the free memory pointer.
            mstore(0x40, m)
        }
    }
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32 result) {
        assembly {
            // Store into scratch space for keccak256.
            mstore(0x20, hash)
            mstore(0x00, "\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
32")
            // 0x40 - 0x04 = 0x3c
            result := keccak256(0x04, 0x3c)
        }
    }
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32 result) {
        assembly {
            // We need at most 128 bytes for Ethereum signed message header.
            // The max length of the ASCII reprenstation of a uint256 is 78 bytes.
            // The length of "\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
" is 26 bytes (i.e. 0x1a).
            // The next multiple of 32 above 78 + 26 is 128 (i.e. 0x80).
            // Instead of allocating, we temporarily copy the 128 bytes before the
            // start of `s` data to some variables.
            let m3 := mload(sub(s, 0x60))
            let m2 := mload(sub(s, 0x40))
            let m1 := mload(sub(s, 0x20))
            // The length of `s` is in bytes.
            let sLength := mload(s)
            let ptr := add(s, 0x20)
            // `end` marks the end of the memory which we will compute the keccak256 of.
            let end := add(ptr, sLength)
            // Convert the length of the bytes to ASCII decimal representation
            // and store it into the memory.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := sLength } 1 {} {
                ptr := sub(ptr, 1)
                mstore8(ptr, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            // Copy the header over to the memory.
            mstore(sub(ptr, 0x20), "\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
")
            // Compute the keccak256 of the memory.
            result := keccak256(sub(ptr, 0x1a), sub(end, sub(ptr, 0x1a)))
            // Restore the previous memory.
            mstore(s, sLength)
            mstore(sub(s, 0x20), m1)
            mstore(sub(s, 0x40), m2)
            mstore(sub(s, 0x60), m3)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Library for converting numbers into strings and other string operations.
/// @author Solady (https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/src/utils/LibString.sol)
/// @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/LibString.sol)
library LibString {
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                        CUSTOM ERRORS                       */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    error HexLengthInsufficient();
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                     DECIMAL OPERATIONS                     */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                   HEXADECIMAL OPERATIONS                   */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            let start := mload(0x40)
            // We need 0x20 bytes for the trailing zeros padding, `length * 2` bytes
            // for the digits, 0x02 bytes for the prefix, and 0x20 bytes for the length.
            // We add 0x20 to the total and round down to a multiple of 0x20.
            // (0x20 + 0x20 + 0x02 + 0x20) = 0x62.
            let m := add(start, and(add(shl(1, length), 0x62), not(0x1f)))
            // Allocate the memory.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // Store "0123456789abcdef" in scratch space.
            mstore(0x0f, 0x30313233343536373839616263646566)
            let temp := value
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 2)
                mstore8(add(str, 1), mload(and(temp, 15)))
                mstore8(str, mload(and(shr(4, temp), 15)))
                temp := shr(8, temp)
                length := sub(length, 1)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(length) { break }
            }
            if temp {
                // Store the function selector of `HexLengthInsufficient()`.
                mstore(0x00, 0x2194895a)
                // Revert with (offset, size).
                revert(0x1c, 0x04)
            }
            // Compute the string's length.
            let strLength := add(sub(end, str), 2)
            // Move the pointer and write the "0x" prefix.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            mstore(str, 0x3078)
            // Move the pointer and write the length.
            str := sub(str, 2)
            mstore(str, strLength)
        }
    }
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            let start := mload(0x40)
            // We need 0x20 bytes for the trailing zeros padding, 0x20 bytes for the length,
            // 0x02 bytes for the prefix, and 0x40 bytes for the digits.
            // The next multiple of 0x20 above (0x20 + 0x20 + 0x02 + 0x40) is 0xa0.
            let m := add(start, 0xa0)
            // Allocate the memory.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // Store "0123456789abcdef" in scratch space.
            mstore(0x0f, 0x30313233343536373839616263646566)
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 2)
                mstore8(add(str, 1), mload(and(temp, 15)))
                mstore8(str, mload(and(shr(4, temp), 15)))
                temp := shr(8, temp)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            // Compute the string's length.
            let strLength := add(sub(end, str), 2)
            // Move the pointer and write the "0x" prefix.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            mstore(str, 0x3078)
            // Move the pointer and write the length.
            str := sub(str, 2)
            mstore(str, strLength)
        }
    }
    function toHexString(address value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            let start := mload(0x40)
            // We need 0x20 bytes for the length, 0x02 bytes for the prefix,
            // and 0x28 bytes for the digits.
            // The next multiple of 0x20 above (0x20 + 0x02 + 0x28) is 0x60.
            str := add(start, 0x60)
            // Allocate the memory.
            mstore(0x40, str)
            // Store "0123456789abcdef" in scratch space.
            mstore(0x0f, 0x30313233343536373839616263646566)
            let length := 20
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 2)
                mstore8(add(str, 1), mload(and(temp, 15)))
                mstore8(str, mload(and(shr(4, temp), 15)))
                temp := shr(8, temp)
                length := sub(length, 1)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(length) { break }
            }
            // Move the pointer and write the "0x" prefix.
            str := sub(str, 32)
            mstore(str, 0x3078)
            // Move the pointer and write the length.
            str := sub(str, 2)
            mstore(str, 42)
        }
    }
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                   OTHER STRING OPERATIONS                  */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    function replace(
        string memory subject,
        string memory search,
        string memory replacement
    ) internal pure returns (string memory result) {
        assembly {
            let subjectLength := mload(subject)
            let searchLength := mload(search)
            let replacementLength := mload(replacement)
            subject := add(subject, 0x20)
            search := add(search, 0x20)
            replacement := add(replacement, 0x20)
            result := add(mload(0x40), 0x20)
            let subjectEnd := add(subject, subjectLength)
            if iszero(gt(searchLength, subjectLength)) {
                let subjectSearchEnd := add(sub(subjectEnd, searchLength), 1)
                let h := 0
                if iszero(lt(searchLength, 32)) {
                    h := keccak256(search, searchLength)
                }
                let m := shl(3, sub(32, and(searchLength, 31)))
                let s := mload(search)
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} 1 {} {
                    let t := mload(subject)
                    // Whether the first `searchLength % 32` bytes of 
                    // `subject` and `search` matches.
                    if iszero(shr(m, xor(t, s))) {
                        if h {
                            if iszero(eq(keccak256(subject, searchLength), h)) {
                                mstore(result, t)
                                result := add(result, 1)
                                subject := add(subject, 1)
                                // prettier-ignore
                                if iszero(lt(subject, subjectSearchEnd)) { break }
                                continue
                            }
                        }
                        // Copy the `replacement` one word at a time.
                        // prettier-ignore
                        for { let o := 0 } 1 {} {
                            mstore(add(result, o), mload(add(replacement, o)))
                            o := add(o, 0x20)
                            // prettier-ignore
                            if iszero(lt(o, replacementLength)) { break }
                        }
                        result := add(result, replacementLength)
                        subject := add(subject, searchLength)    
                        if iszero(searchLength) {
                            mstore(result, t)
                            result := add(result, 1)
                            subject := add(subject, 1)
                        }
                        // prettier-ignore
                        if iszero(lt(subject, subjectSearchEnd)) { break }
                        continue
                    }
                    mstore(result, t)
                    result := add(result, 1)
                    subject := add(subject, 1)
                    // prettier-ignore
                    if iszero(lt(subject, subjectSearchEnd)) { break }
                }
            }
            let resultRemainder := result
            result := add(mload(0x40), 0x20)
            let k := add(sub(resultRemainder, result), sub(subjectEnd, subject))
            // Copy the rest of the string one word at a time.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} lt(subject, subjectEnd) {} {
                mstore(resultRemainder, mload(subject))
                resultRemainder := add(resultRemainder, 0x20)
                subject := add(subject, 0x20)
            }
            // Allocate memory for the length and the bytes,
            // rounded up to a multiple of 32.
            mstore(0x40, add(result, and(add(k, 0x40), not(0x1f))))
            result := sub(result, 0x20)
            mstore(result, k)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Gas optimized verification of proof of inclusion for a leaf in a Merkle tree.
/// @author Solady (https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/src/utils/MerkleProofLib.sol)
/// @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/MerkleProofLib.sol)
/// @author Modified from OpenZeppelin (https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/master/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
library MerkleProofLib {
    function verify(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool isValid) {
        assembly {
            if proof.length {
                // Left shift by 5 is equivalent to multiplying by 0x20.
                let end := add(proof.offset, shl(5, proof.length))
                // Initialize `offset` to the offset of `proof` in the calldata.
                let offset := proof.offset
                // Iterate over proof elements to compute root hash.
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} 1 {} {
                    // Slot of `leaf` in scratch space.
                    // If the condition is true: 0x20, otherwise: 0x00.
                    let scratch := shl(5, gt(leaf, calldataload(offset)))
                    // Store elements to hash contiguously in scratch space.
                    // Scratch space is 64 bytes (0x00 - 0x3f) and both elements are 32 bytes.
                    mstore(scratch, leaf)
                    mstore(xor(scratch, 0x20), calldataload(offset))
                    // Reuse `leaf` to store the hash to reduce stack operations.
                    leaf := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
                    offset := add(offset, 0x20)
                    // prettier-ignore
                    if iszero(lt(offset, end)) { break }
                }
            }
            isValid := eq(leaf, root)
        }
    }
    function verifyMultiProof(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] calldata leafs,
        bool[] calldata flags
    ) internal pure returns (bool isValid) {
        // Rebuilds the root by consuming and producing values on a queue.
        // The queue starts with the `leafs` array, and goes into a `hashes` array.
        // After the process, the last element on the queue is verified
        // to be equal to the `root`.
        //
        // The `flags` array denotes whether the sibling
        // should be popped from the queue (`flag == true`), or
        // should be popped from the `proof` (`flag == false`).
        assembly {
            // If the number of flags is correct.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} eq(add(leafs.length, proof.length), add(flags.length, 1)) {} {
                // Left shift by 5 is equivalent to multiplying by 0x20.
                // Compute the end calldata offset of `leafs`.
                let leafsEnd := add(leafs.offset, shl(5, leafs.length))
                // These are the calldata offsets.
                let leafsOffset := leafs.offset
                let flagsOffset := flags.offset
                let proofOffset := proof.offset
                // We can use the free memory space for the queue.
                // We don't need to allocate, since the queue is temporary.
                let hashesFront := mload(0x40)
                let hashesBack := hashesFront
                // This is the end of the memory for the queue.
                let end := add(hashesBack, shl(5, flags.length))
                // For the case where `proof.length + leafs.length == 1`.
                if iszero(flags.length) {
                    // If `proof.length` is zero, `leafs.length` is 1.
                    if iszero(proof.length) {
                        isValid := eq(calldataload(leafsOffset), root)
                        break
                    }
                    // If `leafs.length` is zero, `proof.length` is 1.
                    if iszero(leafs.length) {
                        isValid := eq(calldataload(proofOffset), root)
                        break
                    }
                }
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} 1 {} {
                    let a := 0
                    // Pops a value from the queue into `a`.
                    switch lt(leafsOffset, leafsEnd)
                    case 0 {
                        // Pop from `hashes` if there are no more leafs.
                        a := mload(hashesFront)
                        hashesFront := add(hashesFront, 0x20)
                    }
                    default {
                        // Otherwise, pop from `leafs`.
                        a := calldataload(leafsOffset)
                        leafsOffset := add(leafsOffset, 0x20)
                    }
                    let b := 0
                    // If the flag is false, load the next proof,
                    // else, pops from the queue.
                    switch calldataload(flagsOffset)
                    case 0 {
                        // Loads the next proof.
                        b := calldataload(proofOffset)
                        proofOffset := add(proofOffset, 0x20)
                    }
                    default {
                        // Pops a value from the queue into `a`.
                        switch lt(leafsOffset, leafsEnd)
                        case 0 {
                            // Pop from `hashes` if there are no more leafs.
                            b := mload(hashesFront)
                            hashesFront := add(hashesFront, 0x20)
                        }
                        default {
                            // Otherwise, pop from `leafs`.
                            b := calldataload(leafsOffset)
                            leafsOffset := add(leafsOffset, 0x20)
                        }
                    }
                    // Advance to the next flag offset.
                    flagsOffset := add(flagsOffset, 0x20)
                    // Slot of `a` in scratch space.
                    // If the condition is true: 0x20, otherwise: 0x00.
                    let scratch := shl(5, gt(a, b))
                    // Hash the scratch space and push the result onto the queue.
                    mstore(scratch, a)
                    mstore(xor(scratch, 0x20), b)
                    mstore(hashesBack, keccak256(0x00, 0x40))
                    hashesBack := add(hashesBack, 0x20)
                    // prettier-ignore
                    if iszero(lt(hashesBack, end)) { break }
                }
                // Checks if the last value in the queue is same as the root.
                isValid := eq(mload(sub(hashesBack, 0x20)), root)
                break
            }
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initialized`
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initializing`
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC2981Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC2981_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC2981_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }
    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981Upgradeable
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }
        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[48] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Optimized and flexible operator filterer to abide to OpenSea's
/// mandatory on-chain royalty enforcement in order for new collections to
/// receive royalties.
/// For more information, see:
/// See: https://github.com/ProjectOpenSea/operator-filter-registry
abstract contract OperatorFilterer {
    /// @dev The default OpenSea operator blocklist subscription.
    address internal constant _DEFAULT_SUBSCRIPTION = 0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;
    /// @dev The OpenSea operator filter registry.
    address internal constant _OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY = 0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E;
    /// @dev Registers the current contract to OpenSea's operator filter,
    /// and subscribe to the default OpenSea operator blocklist.
    /// Note: Will not revert nor update existing settings for repeated registration.
    function _registerForOperatorFiltering() internal virtual {
        _registerForOperatorFiltering(_DEFAULT_SUBSCRIPTION, true);
    }
    /// @dev Registers the current contract to OpenSea's operator filter.
    /// Note: Will not revert nor update existing settings for repeated registration.
    function _registerForOperatorFiltering(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe)
        internal
        virtual
    {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let functionSelector := 0x7d3e3dbe // `registerAndSubscribe(address,address)`.
            // Clean the upper 96 bits of `subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy` in case they are dirty.
            subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy := shr(96, shl(96, subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy))
            for {} iszero(subscribe) {} {
                if iszero(subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy) {
                    functionSelector := 0x4420e486 // `register(address)`.
                    break
                }
                functionSelector := 0xa0af2903 // `registerAndCopyEntries(address,address)`.
                break
            }
            // Store the function selector.
            mstore(0x00, shl(224, functionSelector))
            // Store the `address(this)`.
            mstore(0x04, address())
            // Store the `subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy`.
            mstore(0x24, subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy)
            // Register into the registry.
            if iszero(call(gas(), _OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY, 0, 0x00, 0x44, 0x00, 0x04)) {
                // If the function selector has not been overwritten,
                // it is an out-of-gas error.
                if eq(shr(224, mload(0x00)), functionSelector) {
                    // To prevent gas under-estimation.
                    revert(0, 0)
                }
            }
            // Restore the part of the free memory pointer that was overwritten,
            // which is guaranteed to be zero, because of Solidity's memory size limits.
            mstore(0x24, 0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Modifier to guard a function and revert if the caller is a blocked operator.
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            if (!_isPriorityOperator(msg.sender)) {
                if (_operatorFilteringEnabled()) _revertIfBlocked(msg.sender);
            }
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Modifier to guard a function from approving a blocked operator..
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        if (!_isPriorityOperator(operator)) {
            if (_operatorFilteringEnabled()) _revertIfBlocked(operator);
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Helper function that reverts if the `operator` is blocked by the registry.
    function _revertIfBlocked(address operator) private view {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Store the function selector of `isOperatorAllowed(address,address)`,
            // shifted left by 6 bytes, which is enough for 8tb of memory.
            // We waste 6-3 = 3 bytes to save on 6 runtime gas (PUSH1 0x224 SHL).
            mstore(0x00, 0xc6171134001122334455)
            // Store the `address(this)`.
            mstore(0x1a, address())
            // Store the `operator`.
            mstore(0x3a, operator)
            // `isOperatorAllowed` always returns true if it does not revert.
            if iszero(staticcall(gas(), _OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY, 0x16, 0x44, 0x00, 0x00)) {
                // Bubble up the revert if the staticcall reverts.
                returndatacopy(0x00, 0x00, returndatasize())
                revert(0x00, returndatasize())
            }
            // We'll skip checking if `from` is inside the blacklist.
            // Even though that can block transferring out of wrapper contracts,
            // we don't want tokens to be stuck.
            // Restore the part of the free memory pointer that was overwritten,
            // which is guaranteed to be zero, if less than 8tb of memory is used.
            mstore(0x3a, 0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev For deriving contracts to override, so that operator filtering
    /// can be turned on / off.
    /// Returns true by default.
    function _operatorFilteringEnabled() internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }
    /// @dev For deriving contracts to override, so that preferred marketplaces can
    /// skip operator filtering, helping users save gas.
    /// Returns false for all inputs by default.
    function _isPriorityOperator(address) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return false;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Archetype v0.6.0
//
//        d8888                 888               888
//       d88888                 888               888
//      d88P888                 888               888
//     d88P 888 888d888 .d8888b 88888b.   .d88b.  888888 888  888 88888b.   .d88b.
//    d88P  888 888P"  d88P"    888 "88b d8P  Y8b 888    888  888 888 "88b d8P  Y8b
//   d88P   888 888    888      888  888 88888888 888    888  888 888  888 88888888
//  d8888888888 888    Y88b.    888  888 Y8b.     Y88b.  Y88b 888 888 d88P Y8b.
// d88P     888 888     "Y8888P 888  888  "Y8888   "Y888  "Y88888 88888P"   "Y8888
//                                                            888 888
//                                                       Y8b d88P 888
//                                                        "Y88P"  888
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "./ArchetypeLogic.sol";
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721A__Initializable.sol";
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol";
import "./ERC721A__OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "solady/src/utils/LibString.sol";
import "closedsea/src/OperatorFilterer.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/common/ERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
contract Archetype is
  ERC721A__Initializable,
  ERC721AUpgradeable,
  OperatorFilterer,
  ERC721A__OwnableUpgradeable,
  ERC2981Upgradeable,
  ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
  //
  // EVENTS
  //
  event Invited(bytes32 indexed key, bytes32 indexed cid);
  event Referral(address indexed affiliate, address token, uint128 wad, uint256 numMints);
  event Withdrawal(address indexed src, address token, uint128 wad);
  //
  // VARIABLES
  //
  mapping(bytes32 => DutchInvite) public invites;
  mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => uint256)) private _minted;
  mapping(bytes32 => uint256) private _listSupply;
  mapping(address => OwnerBalance) private _ownerBalance;
  mapping(address => mapping(address => uint128)) private _affiliateBalance;
  Config public config;
  BurnConfig public burnConfig;
  Options public options;
  //
  // METHODS
  //
  function initialize(
    string memory name,
    string memory symbol,
    Config calldata config_,
    address _receiver
  ) external initializerERC721A {
    __ERC721A_init(name, symbol);
    // check max bps not reached and min platform fee.
    if (
      config_.affiliateFee > MAXBPS ||
      config_.platformFee > MAXBPS ||
      config_.platformFee < 500 ||
      config_.discounts.affiliateDiscount > MAXBPS ||
      config_.affiliateSigner == address(0) ||
      config_.maxBatchSize == 0
    ) {
      revert InvalidConfig();
    }
    // ensure mint tiers are correctly ordered from highest to lowest.
    for (uint256 i = 1; i < config_.discounts.mintTiers.length; ) {
      if (
        config_.discounts.mintTiers[i].mintDiscount > MAXBPS ||
        config_.discounts.mintTiers[i].numMints > config_.discounts.mintTiers[i - 1].numMints
      ) {
        revert InvalidConfig();
      }
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    config = config_;
    __Ownable_init();
    if (config.ownerAltPayout != address(0)) {
      setDefaultRoyalty(config.ownerAltPayout, config.defaultRoyalty);
    } else {
      setDefaultRoyalty(_receiver, config.defaultRoyalty);
    }
  }
  //
  // PUBLIC
  //
  function mint(
    Auth calldata auth,
    uint256 quantity,
    address affiliate,
    bytes calldata signature
  ) external payable {
    mintTo(auth, quantity, _msgSender(), affiliate, signature);
  }
  function batchMintTo(
    Auth calldata auth,
    address[] calldata toList,
    uint256[] calldata quantityList,
    address affiliate,
    bytes calldata signature
  ) external payable {
    if (quantityList.length != toList.length) {
      revert InvalidConfig();
    }
    DutchInvite storage invite = invites[auth.key];
    uint256 curSupply = _totalMinted();
    uint256 quantity;
    for (uint256 i; i < toList.length; ) {
      uint256 quantityToAdd;
      if (invite.unitSize > 1) {
        quantityToAdd = quantityList[i] * invite.unitSize;
      } else {
        quantityToAdd = quantityList[i];
      }
      quantity += quantityToAdd;
      _mint(toList[i], quantityToAdd);
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    ArchetypeLogic.validateMint(
      invite,
      config,
      auth,
      quantity,
      owner(),
      affiliate,
      curSupply,
      _minted,
      _listSupply,
      signature
    );
    if (invite.limit < invite.maxSupply) {
      _minted[_msgSender()][auth.key] += quantity;
    }
    if (invite.maxSupply < config.maxSupply) {
      _listSupply[auth.key] += quantity;
    }
    ArchetypeLogic.updateBalances(
      invite,
      config,
      _ownerBalance,
      _affiliateBalance,
      affiliate,
      quantity
    );
  }
  function mintTo(
    Auth calldata auth,
    uint256 quantity,
    address to,
    address affiliate,
    bytes calldata signature
  ) public payable {
    DutchInvite storage i = invites[auth.key];
    if (i.unitSize > 1) {
      quantity = quantity * i.unitSize;
    }
    uint256 curSupply = _totalMinted();
    ArchetypeLogic.validateMint(
      i,
      config,
      auth,
      quantity,
      owner(),
      affiliate,
      curSupply,
      _minted,
      _listSupply,
      signature
    );
    _mint(to, quantity);
    if (i.limit < i.maxSupply) {
      _minted[_msgSender()][auth.key] += quantity;
    }
    if (i.maxSupply < config.maxSupply) {
      _listSupply[auth.key] += quantity;
    }
    ArchetypeLogic.updateBalances(i, config, _ownerBalance, _affiliateBalance, affiliate, quantity);
  }
  function burnToMint(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external {
    uint256 curSupply = _totalMinted();
    ArchetypeLogic.validateBurnToMint(config, burnConfig, tokenIds, curSupply, _minted);
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    for (uint256 i; i < tokenIds.length; ) {
      address burnAddress = burnConfig.burnAddress != address(0)
        ? burnConfig.burnAddress
        : address(0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD);
      burnConfig.archetype.transferFrom(msgSender, burnAddress, tokenIds[i]);
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    uint256 quantity = burnConfig.reversed
      ? tokenIds.length * burnConfig.ratio
      : tokenIds.length / burnConfig.ratio;
    _mint(msgSender, quantity);
    if (burnConfig.limit < config.maxSupply) {
      _minted[msgSender][bytes32("burn")] += quantity;
    }
  }
  function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
    if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    return
      bytes(config.baseUri).length != 0
        ? string(abi.encodePacked(config.baseUri, LibString.toString(tokenId)))
        : "";
  }
  function withdraw() external {
    address[] memory tokens = new address[](1);
    tokens[0] = address(0);
    withdrawTokens(tokens);
  }
  function withdrawTokens(address[] memory tokens) public {
    ArchetypeLogic.withdrawTokens(config, _ownerBalance, _affiliateBalance, owner(), tokens);
  }
  function ownerBalance() external view returns (OwnerBalance memory) {
    return _ownerBalance[address(0)];
  }
  function ownerBalanceToken(address token) external view returns (OwnerBalance memory) {
    return _ownerBalance[token];
  }
  function affiliateBalance(address affiliate) external view returns (uint128) {
    return _affiliateBalance[affiliate][address(0)];
  }
  function affiliateBalanceToken(address affiliate, address token) external view returns (uint128) {
    return _affiliateBalance[affiliate][token];
  }
  function minted(address minter, bytes32 key) external view returns (uint256) {
    return _minted[minter][key];
  }
  function listSupply(bytes32 key) external view returns (uint256) {
    return _listSupply[key];
  }
  function platform() external pure returns (address) {
    return PLATFORM;
  }
  function computePrice(
    bytes32 key,
    uint256 quantity,
    bool affiliateUsed
  ) external view returns (uint256) {
    DutchInvite storage i = invites[key];
    return ArchetypeLogic.computePrice(i, config.discounts, quantity, affiliateUsed);
  }
  //
  // OWNER ONLY
  //
  function setBaseURI(string memory baseUri) external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.uriLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    config.baseUri = baseUri;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockURI(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.uriLocked = true;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  // max supply cannot subceed total supply. Be careful changing.
  function setMaxSupply(uint32 maxSupply, string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    if (options.maxSupplyLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    if (maxSupply < _totalMinted()) {
      revert MaxSupplyExceeded();
    }
    config.maxSupply = maxSupply;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockMaxSupply(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.maxSupplyLocked = true;
  }
  function setAffiliateFee(uint16 affiliateFee) external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.affiliateFeeLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    if (affiliateFee > MAXBPS) {
      revert InvalidConfig();
    }
    config.affiliateFee = affiliateFee;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockAffiliateFee(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.affiliateFeeLocked = true;
  }
  function setDiscounts(Discount calldata discounts) external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.discountsLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    if (discounts.affiliateDiscount > MAXBPS) {
      revert InvalidConfig();
    }
    // ensure mint tiers are correctly ordered from highest to lowest.
    for (uint256 i = 1; i < discounts.mintTiers.length; ) {
      if (
        discounts.mintTiers[i].mintDiscount > MAXBPS ||
        discounts.mintTiers[i].numMints > discounts.mintTiers[i - 1].numMints
      ) {
        revert InvalidConfig();
      }
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    config.discounts = discounts;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockDiscounts(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.discountsLocked = true;
  }
  function setOwnerAltPayout(address ownerAltPayout) external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.ownerAltPayoutLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    config.ownerAltPayout = ownerAltPayout;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockOwnerAltPayout(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.ownerAltPayoutLocked = true;
  }
  function setMaxBatchSize(uint32 maxBatchSize) external _onlyOwner {
    config.maxBatchSize = maxBatchSize;
  }
  function setInvite(
    bytes32 _key,
    bytes32 _cid,
    Invite calldata _invite
  ) external _onlyOwner {
    invites[_key] = DutchInvite({
      price: _invite.price,
      reservePrice: _invite.price,
      delta: 0,
      start: _invite.start,
      end: _invite.end,
      limit: _invite.limit,
      maxSupply: _invite.maxSupply,
      interval: 0,
      unitSize: _invite.unitSize,
      tokenAddress: _invite.tokenAddress
    });
    emit Invited(_key, _cid);
  }
  function setDutchInvite(
    bytes32 _key,
    bytes32 _cid,
    DutchInvite memory _dutchInvite
  ) external _onlyOwner {
    if (_dutchInvite.start < block.timestamp) {
      _dutchInvite.start = uint32(block.timestamp);
    }
    invites[_key] = _dutchInvite;
    emit Invited(_key, _cid);
  }
  function enableBurnToMint(
    address archetype,
    address burnAddress,
    bool reversed,
    uint16 ratio,
    uint64 start,
    uint64 limit
  ) external _onlyOwner {
    burnConfig = BurnConfig({
      archetype: IERC721AUpgradeable(archetype),
      burnAddress: burnAddress,
      enabled: true,
      reversed: reversed,
      ratio: ratio,
      start: start,
      limit: limit
    });
  }
  function disableBurnToMint() external _onlyOwner {
    burnConfig = BurnConfig({
      archetype: IERC721AUpgradeable(address(0)),
      burnAddress: address(0),
      enabled: false,
      reversed: false,
      ratio: 0,
      start: 0,
      limit: 0
    });
  }
  //
  // PLATFORM ONLY
  //
  function setSuperAffiliatePayout(address superAffiliatePayout) external _onlyPlatform {
    config.superAffiliatePayout = superAffiliatePayout;
  }
  //
  // INTERNAL
  //
  function _startTokenId() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
    return 1;
  }
  function _msgSender() internal view returns (address) {
    return msg.sender == BATCH ? tx.origin : msg.sender;
  }
  modifier _onlyPlatform() {
    if (_msgSender() != PLATFORM) {
      revert NotPlatform();
    }
    _;
  }
  modifier _onlyOwner() {
    if (_msgSender() != owner()) {
      revert NotOwner();
    }
    _;
  }
  // OPTIONAL ROYALTY ENFORCEMENT WITH OPENSEA
  function enableRoyaltyEnforcement() external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.royaltyEnforcementLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    _registerForOperatorFiltering();
    options.royaltyEnforcementEnabled = true;
  }
  function disableRoyaltyEnforcement() external _onlyOwner {
    if (options.royaltyEnforcementLocked) {
      revert LockedForever();
    }
    options.royaltyEnforcementEnabled = false;
  }
  /// @notice the password is "forever"
  function lockRoyaltyEnforcement(string memory password) external _onlyOwner {
    if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(password)) != keccak256(abi.encodePacked("forever"))) {
      revert WrongPassword();
    }
    options.royaltyEnforcementLocked = true;
  }
  function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved)
    public
    override
    onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
  {
    super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
  }
  function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId)
    public
    payable
    override
    onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
  {
    super.approve(operator, tokenId);
  }
  function transferFrom(
    address from,
    address to,
    uint256 tokenId
  ) public payable override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
    super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
  }
  function safeTransferFrom(
    address from,
    address to,
    uint256 tokenId
  ) public payable override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
    super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
  }
  function safeTransferFrom(
    address from,
    address to,
    uint256 tokenId,
    bytes memory data
  ) public payable override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
    super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
  }
  function _operatorFilteringEnabled() internal view override returns (bool) {
    return options.royaltyEnforcementEnabled;
  }
  //ERC2981 ROYALTY
  function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
    public
    view
    virtual
    override(ERC721AUpgradeable, ERC2981Upgradeable)
    returns (bool)
  {
    // Supports the following `interfaceId`s:
    // - IERC165: 0x01ffc9a7
    // - IERC721: 0x80ac58cd
    // - IERC721Metadata: 0x5b5e139f
    // - IERC2981: 0x2a55205a
    return
      ERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
      ERC2981Upgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
  }
  function setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint16 feeNumerator) public _onlyOwner {
    config.defaultRoyalty = feeNumerator;
    _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, feeNumerator);
  }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ArchetypeLogic v0.6.0
//
//        d8888                 888               888
//       d88888                 888               888
//      d88P888                 888               888
//     d88P 888 888d888 .d8888b 88888b.   .d88b.  888888 888  888 88888b.   .d88b.
//    d88P  888 888P"  d88P"    888 "88b d8P  Y8b 888    888  888 888 "88b d8P  Y8b
//   d88P   888 888    888      888  888 88888888 888    888  888 888  888 88888888
//  d8888888888 888    Y88b.    888  888 Y8b.     Y88b.  Y88b 888 888 d88P Y8b.
// d88P     888 888     "Y8888P 888  888  "Y8888   "Y888  "Y88888 88888P"   "Y8888
//                                                            888 888
//                                                       Y8b d88P 888
//                                                        "Y88P"  888
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "solady/src/utils/MerkleProofLib.sol";
import "solady/src/utils/ECDSA.sol";
error InvalidConfig();
error MintNotYetStarted();
error MintEnded();
error WalletUnauthorizedToMint();
error InsufficientEthSent();
error ExcessiveEthSent();
error Erc20BalanceTooLow();
error MaxSupplyExceeded();
error ListMaxSupplyExceeded();
error NumberOfMintsExceeded();
error MintingPaused();
error InvalidReferral();
error InvalidSignature();
error BalanceEmpty();
error TransferFailed();
error MaxBatchSizeExceeded();
error BurnToMintDisabled();
error NotTokenOwner();
error NotPlatform();
error NotOwner();
error NotApprovedToTransfer();
error InvalidAmountOfTokens();
error WrongPassword();
error LockedForever();
//
// STRUCTS
//
struct Auth {
  bytes32 key;
  bytes32[] proof;
}
struct MintTier {
  uint16 numMints;
  uint16 mintDiscount; //BPS
}
struct Discount {
  uint16 affiliateDiscount; //BPS
  MintTier[] mintTiers;
}
struct Config {
  string baseUri;
  address affiliateSigner;
  address ownerAltPayout; // optional alternative address for owner withdrawals.
  address superAffiliatePayout; // optional super affiliate address, will receive half of platform fee if set.
  uint32 maxSupply;
  uint32 maxBatchSize;
  uint16 affiliateFee; //BPS
  uint16 platformFee; //BPS
  uint16 defaultRoyalty; //BPS
  Discount discounts;
}
struct Options {
  bool uriLocked;
  bool maxSupplyLocked;
  bool affiliateFeeLocked;
  bool discountsLocked;
  bool ownerAltPayoutLocked;
  bool royaltyEnforcementEnabled;
  bool royaltyEnforcementLocked;
}
struct DutchInvite {
  uint128 price;
  uint128 reservePrice;
  uint128 delta;
  uint32 start;
  uint32 end;
  uint32 limit;
  uint32 maxSupply;
  uint32 interval;
  uint32 unitSize; // mint 1 get x
  address tokenAddress;
}
struct Invite {
  uint128 price;
  uint32 start;
  uint32 end;
  uint32 limit;
  uint32 maxSupply;
  uint32 unitSize; // mint 1 get x
  address tokenAddress;
}
struct OwnerBalance {
  uint128 owner;
  uint128 platform;
}
struct BurnConfig {
  IERC721AUpgradeable archetype;
  address burnAddress;
  bool enabled;
  bool reversed; // side of the ratio (false=burn {ratio} get 1, true=burn 1 get {ratio})
  uint16 ratio;
  uint64 start;
  uint64 limit;
}
address constant PLATFORM = 0x86B82972282Dd22348374bC63fd21620F7ED847B;
address constant BATCH = 0x6Bc558A6DC48dEfa0e7022713c23D65Ab26e4Fa7;
uint16 constant MAXBPS = 5000; // max fee or discount is 50%
library ArchetypeLogic {
  //
  // EVENTS
  //
  event Invited(bytes32 indexed key, bytes32 indexed cid);
  event Referral(address indexed affiliate, address token, uint128 wad, uint256 numMints);
  event Withdrawal(address indexed src, address token, uint128 wad);
  // calculate price based on affiliate usage and mint discounts
  function computePrice(
    DutchInvite storage invite,
    Discount storage discounts,
    uint256 numTokens,
    bool affiliateUsed
  ) public view returns (uint256) {
    uint256 price = invite.price;
    if (invite.interval != 0) {
      uint256 diff = (((block.timestamp - invite.start) / invite.interval) * invite.delta);
      if (price > invite.reservePrice) {
        if (diff > price - invite.reservePrice) {
          price = invite.reservePrice;
        } else {
          price = price - diff;
        }
      } else if (price < invite.reservePrice) {
        if (diff > invite.reservePrice - price) {
          price = invite.reservePrice;
        } else {
          price = price + diff;
        }
      }
    }
    uint256 cost = price * numTokens;
    if (affiliateUsed) {
      cost = cost - ((cost * discounts.affiliateDiscount) / 10000);
    }
    uint256 numMints = discounts.mintTiers.length;
    for (uint256 i; i < numMints; ) {
      uint256 tierNumMints = discounts.mintTiers[i].numMints;
      if (numTokens >= tierNumMints) {
        return cost - ((cost * discounts.mintTiers[i].mintDiscount) / 10000);
      }
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    return cost;
  }
  function validateMint(
    DutchInvite storage i,
    Config storage config,
    Auth calldata auth,
    uint256 quantity,
    address owner,
    address affiliate,
    uint256 curSupply,
    mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => uint256)) storage minted,
    mapping(bytes32 => uint256) storage listSupply,
    bytes calldata signature
  ) public view {
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    if (affiliate != address(0)) {
      if (affiliate == PLATFORM || affiliate == owner || affiliate == msgSender) {
        revert InvalidReferral();
      }
      validateAffiliate(affiliate, signature, config.affiliateSigner);
    }
    if (i.limit == 0) {
      revert MintingPaused();
    }
    if (!verify(auth, i.tokenAddress, msgSender)) {
      revert WalletUnauthorizedToMint();
    }
    if (block.timestamp < i.start) {
      revert MintNotYetStarted();
    }
    if (i.end > i.start && block.timestamp > i.end) {
      revert MintEnded();
    }
    if (i.limit < i.maxSupply) {
      uint256 totalAfterMint = minted[msgSender][auth.key] + quantity;
      if (totalAfterMint > i.limit) {
        revert NumberOfMintsExceeded();
      }
    }
    if (i.maxSupply < config.maxSupply) {
      uint256 totalAfterMint = listSupply[auth.key] + quantity;
      if (totalAfterMint > i.maxSupply) {
        revert ListMaxSupplyExceeded();
      }
    }
    if (quantity > config.maxBatchSize) {
      revert MaxBatchSizeExceeded();
    }
    if ((curSupply + quantity) > config.maxSupply) {
      revert MaxSupplyExceeded();
    }
    uint256 cost = computePrice(i, config.discounts, quantity, affiliate != address(0));
    if (i.tokenAddress != address(0)) {
      IERC20Upgradeable erc20Token = IERC20Upgradeable(i.tokenAddress);
      if (erc20Token.allowance(msgSender, address(this)) < cost) {
        revert NotApprovedToTransfer();
      }
      if (erc20Token.balanceOf(msgSender) < cost) {
        revert Erc20BalanceTooLow();
      }
      if (msg.value != 0) {
        revert ExcessiveEthSent();
      }
    } else {
      if (msg.value < cost) {
        revert InsufficientEthSent();
      }
      if (msg.value > cost) {
        revert ExcessiveEthSent();
      }
    }
  }
  function validateBurnToMint(
    Config storage config,
    BurnConfig storage burnConfig,
    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
    uint256 curSupply,
    mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => uint256)) storage minted
  ) public view {
    if (!burnConfig.enabled) {
      revert BurnToMintDisabled();
    }
    if (block.timestamp < burnConfig.start) {
      revert MintNotYetStarted();
    }
    // check if msgSender owns tokens and has correct approvals
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    for (uint256 i; i < tokenIds.length; ) {
      if (burnConfig.archetype.ownerOf(tokenIds[i]) != msgSender) {
        revert NotTokenOwner();
      }
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    if (!burnConfig.archetype.isApprovedForAll(msgSender, address(this))) {
      revert NotApprovedToTransfer();
    }
    uint256 quantity;
    if (burnConfig.reversed) {
      quantity = tokenIds.length * burnConfig.ratio;
    } else {
      if (tokenIds.length % burnConfig.ratio != 0) {
        revert InvalidAmountOfTokens();
      }
      quantity = tokenIds.length / burnConfig.ratio;
    }
    if (quantity > config.maxBatchSize) {
      revert MaxBatchSizeExceeded();
    }
    if (burnConfig.limit < config.maxSupply) {
      uint256 totalAfterMint = minted[msgSender][bytes32("burn")] + quantity;
      if (totalAfterMint > burnConfig.limit) {
        revert NumberOfMintsExceeded();
      }
    }
    if ((curSupply + quantity) > config.maxSupply) {
      revert MaxSupplyExceeded();
    }
  }
  function updateBalances(
    DutchInvite storage i,
    Config storage config,
    mapping(address => OwnerBalance) storage _ownerBalance,
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint128)) storage _affiliateBalance,
    address affiliate,
    uint256 quantity
  ) public {
    address tokenAddress = i.tokenAddress;
    uint128 value = uint128(msg.value);
    if (tokenAddress != address(0)) {
      value = uint128(computePrice(i, config.discounts, quantity, affiliate != address(0)));
    }
    uint128 affiliateWad;
    if (affiliate != address(0)) {
      affiliateWad = (value * config.affiliateFee) / 10000;
      _affiliateBalance[affiliate][tokenAddress] += affiliateWad;
      emit Referral(affiliate, tokenAddress, affiliateWad, quantity);
    }
    uint128 superAffiliateWad;
    if (config.superAffiliatePayout != address(0)) {
      superAffiliateWad = ((value * config.platformFee) / 2) / 10000;
      _affiliateBalance[config.superAffiliatePayout][tokenAddress] += superAffiliateWad;
    }
    OwnerBalance memory balance = _ownerBalance[tokenAddress];
    uint128 platformWad = ((value * config.platformFee) / 10000) - superAffiliateWad;
    uint128 ownerWad = value - affiliateWad - platformWad - superAffiliateWad;
    _ownerBalance[tokenAddress] = OwnerBalance({
      owner: balance.owner + ownerWad,
      platform: balance.platform + platformWad
    });
    if (tokenAddress != address(0)) {
      IERC20Upgradeable erc20Token = IERC20Upgradeable(tokenAddress);
      erc20Token.transferFrom(_msgSender(), address(this), value);
    }
  }
  function withdrawTokens(
    Config storage config,
    mapping(address => OwnerBalance) storage _ownerBalance,
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint128)) storage _affiliateBalance,
    address owner,
    address[] calldata tokens
  ) public {
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    for (uint256 i; i < tokens.length; ) {
      address tokenAddress = tokens[i];
      uint128 wad;
      if (msgSender == owner || msgSender == config.ownerAltPayout || msgSender == PLATFORM) {
        OwnerBalance storage balance = _ownerBalance[tokenAddress];
        if (msgSender == owner || msgSender == config.ownerAltPayout) {
          wad = balance.owner;
          balance.owner = 0;
        } else {
          wad = balance.platform;
          balance.platform = 0;
        }
      } else {
        wad = _affiliateBalance[msgSender][tokenAddress];
        _affiliateBalance[msgSender][tokenAddress] = 0;
      }
      if (wad == 0) {
        revert BalanceEmpty();
      }
      if (tokenAddress == address(0)) {
        bool success = false;
        // send to ownerAltPayout if set and owner is withdrawing
        if (msgSender == owner && config.ownerAltPayout != address(0)) {
          (success, ) = payable(config.ownerAltPayout).call{ value: wad }("");
        } else {
          (success, ) = msgSender.call{ value: wad }("");
        }
        if (!success) {
          revert TransferFailed();
        }
      } else {
        IERC20Upgradeable erc20Token = IERC20Upgradeable(tokenAddress);
        if (msgSender == owner && config.ownerAltPayout != address(0)) {
          erc20Token.transfer(config.ownerAltPayout, wad);
        } else {
          erc20Token.transfer(msgSender, wad);
        }
      }
      emit Withdrawal(msgSender, tokenAddress, wad);
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
  }
  function validateAffiliate(
    address affiliate,
    bytes calldata signature,
    address affiliateSigner
  ) public view {
    bytes32 signedMessagehash = ECDSA.toEthSignedMessageHash(
      keccak256(abi.encodePacked(affiliate))
    );
    address signer = ECDSA.recover(signedMessagehash, signature);
    if (signer != affiliateSigner) {
      revert InvalidSignature();
    }
  }
  function verify(
    Auth calldata auth,
    address tokenAddress,
    address account
  ) public pure returns (bool) {
    // keys 0-255 and tokenAddress are public
    if (uint256(auth.key) <= 0xff || auth.key == keccak256(abi.encodePacked(tokenAddress))) {
      return true;
    }
    return MerkleProofLib.verify(auth.proof, auth.key, keccak256(abi.encodePacked(account)));
  }
  function _msgSender() internal view returns (address) {
    return msg.sender == BATCH ? tx.origin : msg.sender;
  }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
import 'erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
import 'erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract ERC721A__OwnableUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, ERC721AUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSenderERC721A());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _isOwner();
        _;
    }
    function _isOwner() internal view {
        require(owner() == _msgSenderERC721A(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 */
import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol';
abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable {
    using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializerERC721A() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing
                ? _isConstructor()
                : !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized'
        );
        bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true;
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() {
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing'
        );
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        // extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and
        // address returns the current address. Since the code is still not
        // deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will
        // yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is
        // under construction or not.
        address self = address(this);
        uint256 cs;
        assembly {
            cs := extcodesize(self)
        }
        return cs == 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base storage for the  initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts
 **/
library ERC721A__InitializableStorage {
    struct Layout {
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        bool _initialized;
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool _initializing;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
library ERC721AStorage {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }
    struct Layout {
        // =============================================================
        //                            STORAGE
        // =============================================================
        // The next token ID to be minted.
        uint256 _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string _name;
        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
        // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..159]   `addr`
        // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
        // - [224]      `burned`
        // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
        // - [232..255] `extraData`
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..63]    `balance`
        // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
        // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
        // - [192..255] `aux`
        mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
        mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol';
import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout;
    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================
    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
        if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId];
            // If not burned.
            if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                // If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
                if (packed == 0) {
                    if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // before an unintialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
                    //
                    // We can directly compare the packed value.
                    // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                    for (;;) {
                        unchecked {
                            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
                        }
                        if (packed == 0) continue;
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
                // This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
                // This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
                return packed;
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        _approve(to, tokenId, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try
            ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data)
        returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )
                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);
        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _approve(to, tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bool approvalCheck
    ) internal virtual {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck)
            if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
                if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                    revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @title ERC721AQueryable.
 *
 * @dev ERC721A subclass with convenience query functions.
 */
abstract contract ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is
    ERC721A__Initializable,
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        TokenOwnership memory ownership;
        if (tokenId < _startTokenId() || tokenId >= _nextTokenId()) {
            return ownership;
        }
        ownership = _ownershipAt(tokenId);
        if (ownership.burned) {
            return ownership;
        }
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
        external
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (TokenOwnership[] memory)
    {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = tokenIds.length;
            TokenOwnership[] memory ownerships = new TokenOwnership[](tokenIdsLength);
            for (uint256 i; i != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownerships[i] = explicitOwnershipOf(tokenIds[i]);
            }
            return ownerships;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            if (start >= stop) revert InvalidQueryRange();
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            uint256 stopLimit = _nextTokenId();
            // Set `start = max(start, _startTokenId())`.
            if (start < _startTokenId()) {
                start = _startTokenId();
            }
            // Set `stop = min(stop, stopLimit)`.
            if (stop > stopLimit) {
                stop = stopLimit;
            }
            uint256 tokenIdsMaxLength = balanceOf(owner);
            // Set `tokenIdsMaxLength = min(balanceOf(owner), stop - start)`,
            // to cater for cases where `balanceOf(owner)` is too big.
            if (start < stop) {
                uint256 rangeLength = stop - start;
                if (rangeLength < tokenIdsMaxLength) {
                    tokenIdsMaxLength = rangeLength;
                }
            } else {
                tokenIdsMaxLength = 0;
            }
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsMaxLength);
            if (tokenIdsMaxLength == 0) {
                return tokenIds;
            }
            // We need to call `explicitOwnershipOf(start)`,
            // because the slot at `start` may not be initialized.
            TokenOwnership memory ownership = explicitOwnershipOf(start);
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            // If the starting slot exists (i.e. not burned), initialize `currOwnershipAddr`.
            // `ownership.address` will not be zero, as `start` is clamped to the valid token ID range.
            if (!ownership.burned) {
                currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
            }
            for (uint256 i = start; i != stop && tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsMaxLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            // Downsize the array to fit.
            assembly {
                mstore(tokenIds, tokenIdsIdx)
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = balanceOf(owner);
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsLength);
            TokenOwnership memory ownership;
            for (uint256 i = _startTokenId(); tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721AQueryable.
 */
interface IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * Invalid query range (`start` >= `stop`).
     */
    error InvalidQueryRange();
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] memory tokenIds) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Gas optimized ECDSA wrapper.
/// @author Solady (https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/src/utils/ECDSA.sol)
/// @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/ECDSA.sol)
/// @author Modified from OpenZeppelin (https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/master/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
library ECDSA {
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes calldata signature) internal view returns (address result) {
        assembly {
            if eq(signature.length, 65) {
                // Copy the free memory pointer so that we can restore it later.
                let m := mload(0x40)
                // Directly copy `r` and `s` from the calldata.
                calldatacopy(0x40, signature.offset, 0x40)
                // If `s` in lower half order, such that the signature is not malleable.
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(gt(mload(0x60), 0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff5d576e7357a4501ddfe92f46681b20a0)) {
                    mstore(0x00, hash)
                    // Compute `v` and store it in the scratch space.
                    mstore(0x20, byte(0, calldataload(add(signature.offset, 0x40))))
                    pop(
                        staticcall(
                            gas(), // Amount of gas left for the transaction.
                            0x01, // Address of `ecrecover`.
                            0x00, // Start of input.
                            0x80, // Size of input.
                            0x40, // Start of output.
                            0x20 // Size of output.
                        )
                    )
                    // Restore the zero slot.
                    mstore(0x60, 0)
                    // `returndatasize()` will be `0x20` upon success, and `0x00` otherwise.
                    result := mload(sub(0x60, returndatasize()))
                }
                // Restore the free memory pointer.
                mstore(0x40, m)
            }
        }
    }
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal view returns (address result) {
        assembly {
            // Copy the free memory pointer so that we can restore it later.
            let m := mload(0x40)
            // prettier-ignore
            let s := and(vs, 0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            // If `s` in lower half order, such that the signature is not malleable.
            // prettier-ignore
            if iszero(gt(s, 0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff5d576e7357a4501ddfe92f46681b20a0)) {
                mstore(0x00, hash)
                mstore(0x20, add(shr(255, vs), 27))
                mstore(0x40, r)
                mstore(0x60, s)
                pop(
                    staticcall(
                        gas(), // Amount of gas left for the transaction.
                        0x01, // Address of `ecrecover`.
                        0x00, // Start of input.
                        0x80, // Size of input.
                        0x40, // Start of output.
                        0x20 // Size of output.
                    )
                )
                // Restore the zero slot.
                mstore(0x60, 0)
                // `returndatasize()` will be `0x20` upon success, and `0x00` otherwise.
                result := mload(sub(0x60, returndatasize()))
            }
            // Restore the free memory pointer.
            mstore(0x40, m)
        }
    }
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32 result) {
        assembly {
            // Store into scratch space for keccak256.
            mstore(0x20, hash)
            mstore(0x00, "\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
32")
            // 0x40 - 0x04 = 0x3c
            result := keccak256(0x04, 0x3c)
        }
    }
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32 result) {
        assembly {
            // We need at most 128 bytes for Ethereum signed message header.
            // The max length of the ASCII reprenstation of a uint256 is 78 bytes.
            // The length of "\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
" is 26 bytes (i.e. 0x1a).
            // The next multiple of 32 above 78 + 26 is 128 (i.e. 0x80).
            // Instead of allocating, we temporarily copy the 128 bytes before the
            // start of `s` data to some variables.
            let m3 := mload(sub(s, 0x60))
            let m2 := mload(sub(s, 0x40))
            let m1 := mload(sub(s, 0x20))
            // The length of `s` is in bytes.
            let sLength := mload(s)
            let ptr := add(s, 0x20)
            // `end` marks the end of the memory which we will compute the keccak256 of.
            let end := add(ptr, sLength)
            // Convert the length of the bytes to ASCII decimal representation
            // and store it into the memory.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := sLength } 1 {} {
                ptr := sub(ptr, 1)
                mstore8(ptr, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            // Copy the header over to the memory.
            mstore(sub(ptr, 0x20), "\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
")
            // Compute the keccak256 of the memory.
            result := keccak256(sub(ptr, 0x1a), sub(end, sub(ptr, 0x1a)))
            // Restore the previous memory.
            mstore(s, sLength)
            mstore(sub(s, 0x20), m1)
            mstore(sub(s, 0x40), m2)
            mstore(sub(s, 0x60), m3)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Library for converting numbers into strings and other string operations.
/// @author Solady (https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/src/utils/LibString.sol)
/// @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/LibString.sol)
library LibString {
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                        CUSTOM ERRORS                       */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    error HexLengthInsufficient();
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                     DECIMAL OPERATIONS                     */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                   HEXADECIMAL OPERATIONS                   */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            let start := mload(0x40)
            // We need 0x20 bytes for the trailing zeros padding, `length * 2` bytes
            // for the digits, 0x02 bytes for the prefix, and 0x20 bytes for the length.
            // We add 0x20 to the total and round down to a multiple of 0x20.
            // (0x20 + 0x20 + 0x02 + 0x20) = 0x62.
            let m := add(start, and(add(shl(1, length), 0x62), not(0x1f)))
            // Allocate the memory.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // Store "0123456789abcdef" in scratch space.
            mstore(0x0f, 0x30313233343536373839616263646566)
            let temp := value
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 2)
                mstore8(add(str, 1), mload(and(temp, 15)))
                mstore8(str, mload(and(shr(4, temp), 15)))
                temp := shr(8, temp)
                length := sub(length, 1)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(length) { break }
            }
            if temp {
                // Store the function selector of `HexLengthInsufficient()`.
                mstore(0x00, 0x2194895a)
                // Revert with (offset, size).
                revert(0x1c, 0x04)
            }
            // Compute the string's length.
            let strLength := add(sub(end, str), 2)
            // Move the pointer and write the "0x" prefix.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            mstore(str, 0x3078)
            // Move the pointer and write the length.
            str := sub(str, 2)
            mstore(str, strLength)
        }
    }
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            let start := mload(0x40)
            // We need 0x20 bytes for the trailing zeros padding, 0x20 bytes for the length,
            // 0x02 bytes for the prefix, and 0x40 bytes for the digits.
            // The next multiple of 0x20 above (0x20 + 0x20 + 0x02 + 0x40) is 0xa0.
            let m := add(start, 0xa0)
            // Allocate the memory.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // Store "0123456789abcdef" in scratch space.
            mstore(0x0f, 0x30313233343536373839616263646566)
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 2)
                mstore8(add(str, 1), mload(and(temp, 15)))
                mstore8(str, mload(and(shr(4, temp), 15)))
                temp := shr(8, temp)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            // Compute the string's length.
            let strLength := add(sub(end, str), 2)
            // Move the pointer and write the "0x" prefix.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            mstore(str, 0x3078)
            // Move the pointer and write the length.
            str := sub(str, 2)
            mstore(str, strLength)
        }
    }
    function toHexString(address value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            let start := mload(0x40)
            // We need 0x20 bytes for the length, 0x02 bytes for the prefix,
            // and 0x28 bytes for the digits.
            // The next multiple of 0x20 above (0x20 + 0x02 + 0x28) is 0x60.
            str := add(start, 0x60)
            // Allocate the memory.
            mstore(0x40, str)
            // Store "0123456789abcdef" in scratch space.
            mstore(0x0f, 0x30313233343536373839616263646566)
            let length := 20
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 2)
                mstore8(add(str, 1), mload(and(temp, 15)))
                mstore8(str, mload(and(shr(4, temp), 15)))
                temp := shr(8, temp)
                length := sub(length, 1)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(length) { break }
            }
            // Move the pointer and write the "0x" prefix.
            str := sub(str, 32)
            mstore(str, 0x3078)
            // Move the pointer and write the length.
            str := sub(str, 2)
            mstore(str, 42)
        }
    }
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                   OTHER STRING OPERATIONS                  */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    function replace(
        string memory subject,
        string memory search,
        string memory replacement
    ) internal pure returns (string memory result) {
        assembly {
            let subjectLength := mload(subject)
            let searchLength := mload(search)
            let replacementLength := mload(replacement)
            subject := add(subject, 0x20)
            search := add(search, 0x20)
            replacement := add(replacement, 0x20)
            result := add(mload(0x40), 0x20)
            let subjectEnd := add(subject, subjectLength)
            if iszero(gt(searchLength, subjectLength)) {
                let subjectSearchEnd := add(sub(subjectEnd, searchLength), 1)
                let h := 0
                if iszero(lt(searchLength, 32)) {
                    h := keccak256(search, searchLength)
                }
                let m := shl(3, sub(32, and(searchLength, 31)))
                let s := mload(search)
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} 1 {} {
                    let t := mload(subject)
                    // Whether the first `searchLength % 32` bytes of 
                    // `subject` and `search` matches.
                    if iszero(shr(m, xor(t, s))) {
                        if h {
                            if iszero(eq(keccak256(subject, searchLength), h)) {
                                mstore(result, t)
                                result := add(result, 1)
                                subject := add(subject, 1)
                                // prettier-ignore
                                if iszero(lt(subject, subjectSearchEnd)) { break }
                                continue
                            }
                        }
                        // Copy the `replacement` one word at a time.
                        // prettier-ignore
                        for { let o := 0 } 1 {} {
                            mstore(add(result, o), mload(add(replacement, o)))
                            o := add(o, 0x20)
                            // prettier-ignore
                            if iszero(lt(o, replacementLength)) { break }
                        }
                        result := add(result, replacementLength)
                        subject := add(subject, searchLength)    
                        if iszero(searchLength) {
                            mstore(result, t)
                            result := add(result, 1)
                            subject := add(subject, 1)
                        }
                        // prettier-ignore
                        if iszero(lt(subject, subjectSearchEnd)) { break }
                        continue
                    }
                    mstore(result, t)
                    result := add(result, 1)
                    subject := add(subject, 1)
                    // prettier-ignore
                    if iszero(lt(subject, subjectSearchEnd)) { break }
                }
            }
            let resultRemainder := result
            result := add(mload(0x40), 0x20)
            let k := add(sub(resultRemainder, result), sub(subjectEnd, subject))
            // Copy the rest of the string one word at a time.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} lt(subject, subjectEnd) {} {
                mstore(resultRemainder, mload(subject))
                resultRemainder := add(resultRemainder, 0x20)
                subject := add(subject, 0x20)
            }
            // Allocate memory for the length and the bytes,
            // rounded up to a multiple of 32.
            mstore(0x40, add(result, and(add(k, 0x40), not(0x1f))))
            result := sub(result, 0x20)
            mstore(result, k)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Gas optimized verification of proof of inclusion for a leaf in a Merkle tree.
/// @author Solady (https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/src/utils/MerkleProofLib.sol)
/// @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/MerkleProofLib.sol)
/// @author Modified from OpenZeppelin (https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/master/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
library MerkleProofLib {
    function verify(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool isValid) {
        assembly {
            if proof.length {
                // Left shift by 5 is equivalent to multiplying by 0x20.
                let end := add(proof.offset, shl(5, proof.length))
                // Initialize `offset` to the offset of `proof` in the calldata.
                let offset := proof.offset
                // Iterate over proof elements to compute root hash.
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} 1 {} {
                    // Slot of `leaf` in scratch space.
                    // If the condition is true: 0x20, otherwise: 0x00.
                    let scratch := shl(5, gt(leaf, calldataload(offset)))
                    // Store elements to hash contiguously in scratch space.
                    // Scratch space is 64 bytes (0x00 - 0x3f) and both elements are 32 bytes.
                    mstore(scratch, leaf)
                    mstore(xor(scratch, 0x20), calldataload(offset))
                    // Reuse `leaf` to store the hash to reduce stack operations.
                    leaf := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
                    offset := add(offset, 0x20)
                    // prettier-ignore
                    if iszero(lt(offset, end)) { break }
                }
            }
            isValid := eq(leaf, root)
        }
    }
    function verifyMultiProof(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] calldata leafs,
        bool[] calldata flags
    ) internal pure returns (bool isValid) {
        // Rebuilds the root by consuming and producing values on a queue.
        // The queue starts with the `leafs` array, and goes into a `hashes` array.
        // After the process, the last element on the queue is verified
        // to be equal to the `root`.
        //
        // The `flags` array denotes whether the sibling
        // should be popped from the queue (`flag == true`), or
        // should be popped from the `proof` (`flag == false`).
        assembly {
            // If the number of flags is correct.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} eq(add(leafs.length, proof.length), add(flags.length, 1)) {} {
                // Left shift by 5 is equivalent to multiplying by 0x20.
                // Compute the end calldata offset of `leafs`.
                let leafsEnd := add(leafs.offset, shl(5, leafs.length))
                // These are the calldata offsets.
                let leafsOffset := leafs.offset
                let flagsOffset := flags.offset
                let proofOffset := proof.offset
                // We can use the free memory space for the queue.
                // We don't need to allocate, since the queue is temporary.
                let hashesFront := mload(0x40)
                let hashesBack := hashesFront
                // This is the end of the memory for the queue.
                let end := add(hashesBack, shl(5, flags.length))
                // For the case where `proof.length + leafs.length == 1`.
                if iszero(flags.length) {
                    // If `proof.length` is zero, `leafs.length` is 1.
                    if iszero(proof.length) {
                        isValid := eq(calldataload(leafsOffset), root)
                        break
                    }
                    // If `leafs.length` is zero, `proof.length` is 1.
                    if iszero(leafs.length) {
                        isValid := eq(calldataload(proofOffset), root)
                        break
                    }
                }
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} 1 {} {
                    let a := 0
                    // Pops a value from the queue into `a`.
                    switch lt(leafsOffset, leafsEnd)
                    case 0 {
                        // Pop from `hashes` if there are no more leafs.
                        a := mload(hashesFront)
                        hashesFront := add(hashesFront, 0x20)
                    }
                    default {
                        // Otherwise, pop from `leafs`.
                        a := calldataload(leafsOffset)
                        leafsOffset := add(leafsOffset, 0x20)
                    }
                    let b := 0
                    // If the flag is false, load the next proof,
                    // else, pops from the queue.
                    switch calldataload(flagsOffset)
                    case 0 {
                        // Loads the next proof.
                        b := calldataload(proofOffset)
                        proofOffset := add(proofOffset, 0x20)
                    }
                    default {
                        // Pops a value from the queue into `a`.
                        switch lt(leafsOffset, leafsEnd)
                        case 0 {
                            // Pop from `hashes` if there are no more leafs.
                            b := mload(hashesFront)
                            hashesFront := add(hashesFront, 0x20)
                        }
                        default {
                            // Otherwise, pop from `leafs`.
                            b := calldataload(leafsOffset)
                            leafsOffset := add(leafsOffset, 0x20)
                        }
                    }
                    // Advance to the next flag offset.
                    flagsOffset := add(flagsOffset, 0x20)
                    // Slot of `a` in scratch space.
                    // If the condition is true: 0x20, otherwise: 0x00.
                    let scratch := shl(5, gt(a, b))
                    // Hash the scratch space and push the result onto the queue.
                    mstore(scratch, a)
                    mstore(xor(scratch, 0x20), b)
                    mstore(hashesBack, keccak256(0x00, 0x40))
                    hashesBack := add(hashesBack, 0x20)
                    // prettier-ignore
                    if iszero(lt(hashesBack, end)) { break }
                }
                // Checks if the last value in the queue is same as the root.
                isValid := eq(mload(sub(hashesBack, 0x20)), root)
                break
            }
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ArchetypeLogic v0.6.0
//
//        d8888                 888               888
//       d88888                 888               888
//      d88P888                 888               888
//     d88P 888 888d888 .d8888b 88888b.   .d88b.  888888 888  888 88888b.   .d88b.
//    d88P  888 888P"  d88P"    888 "88b d8P  Y8b 888    888  888 888 "88b d8P  Y8b
//   d88P   888 888    888      888  888 88888888 888    888  888 888  888 88888888
//  d8888888888 888    Y88b.    888  888 Y8b.     Y88b.  Y88b 888 888 d88P Y8b.
// d88P     888 888     "Y8888P 888  888  "Y8888   "Y888  "Y88888 88888P"   "Y8888
//                                                            888 888
//                                                       Y8b d88P 888
//                                                        "Y88P"  888
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "solady/src/utils/MerkleProofLib.sol";
import "solady/src/utils/ECDSA.sol";
error InvalidConfig();
error MintNotYetStarted();
error MintEnded();
error WalletUnauthorizedToMint();
error InsufficientEthSent();
error ExcessiveEthSent();
error Erc20BalanceTooLow();
error MaxSupplyExceeded();
error ListMaxSupplyExceeded();
error NumberOfMintsExceeded();
error MintingPaused();
error InvalidReferral();
error InvalidSignature();
error BalanceEmpty();
error TransferFailed();
error MaxBatchSizeExceeded();
error BurnToMintDisabled();
error NotTokenOwner();
error NotPlatform();
error NotOwner();
error NotApprovedToTransfer();
error InvalidAmountOfTokens();
error WrongPassword();
error LockedForever();
//
// STRUCTS
//
struct Auth {
  bytes32 key;
  bytes32[] proof;
}
struct MintTier {
  uint16 numMints;
  uint16 mintDiscount; //BPS
}
struct Discount {
  uint16 affiliateDiscount; //BPS
  MintTier[] mintTiers;
}
struct Config {
  string baseUri;
  address affiliateSigner;
  address ownerAltPayout; // optional alternative address for owner withdrawals.
  address superAffiliatePayout; // optional super affiliate address, will receive half of platform fee if set.
  uint32 maxSupply;
  uint32 maxBatchSize;
  uint16 affiliateFee; //BPS
  uint16 platformFee; //BPS
  uint16 defaultRoyalty; //BPS
  Discount discounts;
}
struct Options {
  bool uriLocked;
  bool maxSupplyLocked;
  bool affiliateFeeLocked;
  bool discountsLocked;
  bool ownerAltPayoutLocked;
  bool royaltyEnforcementEnabled;
  bool royaltyEnforcementLocked;
}
struct DutchInvite {
  uint128 price;
  uint128 reservePrice;
  uint128 delta;
  uint32 start;
  uint32 end;
  uint32 limit;
  uint32 maxSupply;
  uint32 interval;
  uint32 unitSize; // mint 1 get x
  address tokenAddress;
}
struct Invite {
  uint128 price;
  uint32 start;
  uint32 end;
  uint32 limit;
  uint32 maxSupply;
  uint32 unitSize; // mint 1 get x
  address tokenAddress;
}
struct OwnerBalance {
  uint128 owner;
  uint128 platform;
}
struct BurnConfig {
  IERC721AUpgradeable archetype;
  address burnAddress;
  bool enabled;
  bool reversed; // side of the ratio (false=burn {ratio} get 1, true=burn 1 get {ratio})
  uint16 ratio;
  uint64 start;
  uint64 limit;
}
address constant PLATFORM = 0x86B82972282Dd22348374bC63fd21620F7ED847B;
address constant BATCH = 0x6Bc558A6DC48dEfa0e7022713c23D65Ab26e4Fa7;
uint16 constant MAXBPS = 5000; // max fee or discount is 50%
library ArchetypeLogic {
  //
  // EVENTS
  //
  event Invited(bytes32 indexed key, bytes32 indexed cid);
  event Referral(address indexed affiliate, address token, uint128 wad, uint256 numMints);
  event Withdrawal(address indexed src, address token, uint128 wad);
  // calculate price based on affiliate usage and mint discounts
  function computePrice(
    DutchInvite storage invite,
    Discount storage discounts,
    uint256 numTokens,
    bool affiliateUsed
  ) public view returns (uint256) {
    uint256 price = invite.price;
    if (invite.interval != 0) {
      uint256 diff = (((block.timestamp - invite.start) / invite.interval) * invite.delta);
      if (price > invite.reservePrice) {
        if (diff > price - invite.reservePrice) {
          price = invite.reservePrice;
        } else {
          price = price - diff;
        }
      } else if (price < invite.reservePrice) {
        if (diff > invite.reservePrice - price) {
          price = invite.reservePrice;
        } else {
          price = price + diff;
        }
      }
    }
    uint256 cost = price * numTokens;
    if (affiliateUsed) {
      cost = cost - ((cost * discounts.affiliateDiscount) / 10000);
    }
    uint256 numMints = discounts.mintTiers.length;
    for (uint256 i; i < numMints; ) {
      uint256 tierNumMints = discounts.mintTiers[i].numMints;
      if (numTokens >= tierNumMints) {
        return cost - ((cost * discounts.mintTiers[i].mintDiscount) / 10000);
      }
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    return cost;
  }
  function validateMint(
    DutchInvite storage i,
    Config storage config,
    Auth calldata auth,
    uint256 quantity,
    address owner,
    address affiliate,
    uint256 curSupply,
    mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => uint256)) storage minted,
    mapping(bytes32 => uint256) storage listSupply,
    bytes calldata signature
  ) public view {
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    if (affiliate != address(0)) {
      if (affiliate == PLATFORM || affiliate == owner || affiliate == msgSender) {
        revert InvalidReferral();
      }
      validateAffiliate(affiliate, signature, config.affiliateSigner);
    }
    if (i.limit == 0) {
      revert MintingPaused();
    }
    if (!verify(auth, i.tokenAddress, msgSender)) {
      revert WalletUnauthorizedToMint();
    }
    if (block.timestamp < i.start) {
      revert MintNotYetStarted();
    }
    if (i.end > i.start && block.timestamp > i.end) {
      revert MintEnded();
    }
    if (i.limit < i.maxSupply) {
      uint256 totalAfterMint = minted[msgSender][auth.key] + quantity;
      if (totalAfterMint > i.limit) {
        revert NumberOfMintsExceeded();
      }
    }
    if (i.maxSupply < config.maxSupply) {
      uint256 totalAfterMint = listSupply[auth.key] + quantity;
      if (totalAfterMint > i.maxSupply) {
        revert ListMaxSupplyExceeded();
      }
    }
    if (quantity > config.maxBatchSize) {
      revert MaxBatchSizeExceeded();
    }
    if ((curSupply + quantity) > config.maxSupply) {
      revert MaxSupplyExceeded();
    }
    uint256 cost = computePrice(i, config.discounts, quantity, affiliate != address(0));
    if (i.tokenAddress != address(0)) {
      IERC20Upgradeable erc20Token = IERC20Upgradeable(i.tokenAddress);
      if (erc20Token.allowance(msgSender, address(this)) < cost) {
        revert NotApprovedToTransfer();
      }
      if (erc20Token.balanceOf(msgSender) < cost) {
        revert Erc20BalanceTooLow();
      }
      if (msg.value != 0) {
        revert ExcessiveEthSent();
      }
    } else {
      if (msg.value < cost) {
        revert InsufficientEthSent();
      }
      if (msg.value > cost) {
        revert ExcessiveEthSent();
      }
    }
  }
  function validateBurnToMint(
    Config storage config,
    BurnConfig storage burnConfig,
    uint256[] calldata tokenIds,
    uint256 curSupply,
    mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => uint256)) storage minted
  ) public view {
    if (!burnConfig.enabled) {
      revert BurnToMintDisabled();
    }
    if (block.timestamp < burnConfig.start) {
      revert MintNotYetStarted();
    }
    // check if msgSender owns tokens and has correct approvals
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    for (uint256 i; i < tokenIds.length; ) {
      if (burnConfig.archetype.ownerOf(tokenIds[i]) != msgSender) {
        revert NotTokenOwner();
      }
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    if (!burnConfig.archetype.isApprovedForAll(msgSender, address(this))) {
      revert NotApprovedToTransfer();
    }
    uint256 quantity;
    if (burnConfig.reversed) {
      quantity = tokenIds.length * burnConfig.ratio;
    } else {
      if (tokenIds.length % burnConfig.ratio != 0) {
        revert InvalidAmountOfTokens();
      }
      quantity = tokenIds.length / burnConfig.ratio;
    }
    if (quantity > config.maxBatchSize) {
      revert MaxBatchSizeExceeded();
    }
    if (burnConfig.limit < config.maxSupply) {
      uint256 totalAfterMint = minted[msgSender][bytes32("burn")] + quantity;
      if (totalAfterMint > burnConfig.limit) {
        revert NumberOfMintsExceeded();
      }
    }
    if ((curSupply + quantity) > config.maxSupply) {
      revert MaxSupplyExceeded();
    }
  }
  function updateBalances(
    DutchInvite storage i,
    Config storage config,
    mapping(address => OwnerBalance) storage _ownerBalance,
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint128)) storage _affiliateBalance,
    address affiliate,
    uint256 quantity
  ) public {
    address tokenAddress = i.tokenAddress;
    uint128 value = uint128(msg.value);
    if (tokenAddress != address(0)) {
      value = uint128(computePrice(i, config.discounts, quantity, affiliate != address(0)));
    }
    uint128 affiliateWad;
    if (affiliate != address(0)) {
      affiliateWad = (value * config.affiliateFee) / 10000;
      _affiliateBalance[affiliate][tokenAddress] += affiliateWad;
      emit Referral(affiliate, tokenAddress, affiliateWad, quantity);
    }
    uint128 superAffiliateWad;
    if (config.superAffiliatePayout != address(0)) {
      superAffiliateWad = ((value * config.platformFee) / 2) / 10000;
      _affiliateBalance[config.superAffiliatePayout][tokenAddress] += superAffiliateWad;
    }
    OwnerBalance memory balance = _ownerBalance[tokenAddress];
    uint128 platformWad = ((value * config.platformFee) / 10000) - superAffiliateWad;
    uint128 ownerWad = value - affiliateWad - platformWad - superAffiliateWad;
    _ownerBalance[tokenAddress] = OwnerBalance({
      owner: balance.owner + ownerWad,
      platform: balance.platform + platformWad
    });
    if (tokenAddress != address(0)) {
      IERC20Upgradeable erc20Token = IERC20Upgradeable(tokenAddress);
      erc20Token.transferFrom(_msgSender(), address(this), value);
    }
  }
  function withdrawTokens(
    Config storage config,
    mapping(address => OwnerBalance) storage _ownerBalance,
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint128)) storage _affiliateBalance,
    address owner,
    address[] calldata tokens
  ) public {
    address msgSender = _msgSender();
    for (uint256 i; i < tokens.length; ) {
      address tokenAddress = tokens[i];
      uint128 wad;
      if (msgSender == owner || msgSender == config.ownerAltPayout || msgSender == PLATFORM) {
        OwnerBalance storage balance = _ownerBalance[tokenAddress];
        if (msgSender == owner || msgSender == config.ownerAltPayout) {
          wad = balance.owner;
          balance.owner = 0;
        } else {
          wad = balance.platform;
          balance.platform = 0;
        }
      } else {
        wad = _affiliateBalance[msgSender][tokenAddress];
        _affiliateBalance[msgSender][tokenAddress] = 0;
      }
      if (wad == 0) {
        revert BalanceEmpty();
      }
      if (tokenAddress == address(0)) {
        bool success = false;
        // send to ownerAltPayout if set and owner is withdrawing
        if (msgSender == owner && config.ownerAltPayout != address(0)) {
          (success, ) = payable(config.ownerAltPayout).call{ value: wad }("");
        } else {
          (success, ) = msgSender.call{ value: wad }("");
        }
        if (!success) {
          revert TransferFailed();
        }
      } else {
        IERC20Upgradeable erc20Token = IERC20Upgradeable(tokenAddress);
        if (msgSender == owner && config.ownerAltPayout != address(0)) {
          erc20Token.transfer(config.ownerAltPayout, wad);
        } else {
          erc20Token.transfer(msgSender, wad);
        }
      }
      emit Withdrawal(msgSender, tokenAddress, wad);
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
  }
  function validateAffiliate(
    address affiliate,
    bytes calldata signature,
    address affiliateSigner
  ) public view {
    bytes32 signedMessagehash = ECDSA.toEthSignedMessageHash(
      keccak256(abi.encodePacked(affiliate))
    );
    address signer = ECDSA.recover(signedMessagehash, signature);
    if (signer != affiliateSigner) {
      revert InvalidSignature();
    }
  }
  function verify(
    Auth calldata auth,
    address tokenAddress,
    address account
  ) public pure returns (bool) {
    // keys 0-255 and tokenAddress are public
    if (uint256(auth.key) <= 0xff || auth.key == keccak256(abi.encodePacked(tokenAddress))) {
      return true;
    }
    return MerkleProofLib.verify(auth.proof, auth.key, keccak256(abi.encodePacked(account)));
  }
  function _msgSender() internal view returns (address) {
    return msg.sender == BATCH ? tx.origin : msg.sender;
  }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 */
import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol';
abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable {
    using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializerERC721A() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing
                ? _isConstructor()
                : !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized'
        );
        bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true;
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() {
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing'
        );
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        // extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and
        // address returns the current address. Since the code is still not
        // deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will
        // yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is
        // under construction or not.
        address self = address(this);
        uint256 cs;
        assembly {
            cs := extcodesize(self)
        }
        return cs == 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base storage for the  initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts
 **/
library ERC721A__InitializableStorage {
    struct Layout {
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        bool _initialized;
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool _initializing;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
library ERC721AStorage {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }
    struct Layout {
        // =============================================================
        //                            STORAGE
        // =============================================================
        // The next token ID to be minted.
        uint256 _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string _name;
        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
        // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..159]   `addr`
        // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
        // - [224]      `burned`
        // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
        // - [232..255] `extraData`
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..63]    `balance`
        // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
        // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
        // - [192..255] `aux`
        mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
        mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol';
import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout;
    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================
    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
        if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId];
            // If not burned.
            if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                // If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
                if (packed == 0) {
                    if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // before an unintialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
                    //
                    // We can directly compare the packed value.
                    // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                    for (;;) {
                        unchecked {
                            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
                        }
                        if (packed == 0) continue;
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
                // This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
                // This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
                return packed;
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        _approve(to, tokenId, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try
            ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data)
        returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )
                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);
        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _approve(to, tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bool approvalCheck
    ) internal virtual {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck)
            if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
                if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                    revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Gas optimized ECDSA wrapper.
/// @author Solady (https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/src/utils/ECDSA.sol)
/// @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/ECDSA.sol)
/// @author Modified from OpenZeppelin (https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/master/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
library ECDSA {
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes calldata signature) internal view returns (address result) {
        assembly {
            if eq(signature.length, 65) {
                // Copy the free memory pointer so that we can restore it later.
                let m := mload(0x40)
                // Directly copy `r` and `s` from the calldata.
                calldatacopy(0x40, signature.offset, 0x40)
                // If `s` in lower half order, such that the signature is not malleable.
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(gt(mload(0x60), 0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff5d576e7357a4501ddfe92f46681b20a0)) {
                    mstore(0x00, hash)
                    // Compute `v` and store it in the scratch space.
                    mstore(0x20, byte(0, calldataload(add(signature.offset, 0x40))))
                    pop(
                        staticcall(
                            gas(), // Amount of gas left for the transaction.
                            0x01, // Address of `ecrecover`.
                            0x00, // Start of input.
                            0x80, // Size of input.
                            0x40, // Start of output.
                            0x20 // Size of output.
                        )
                    )
                    // Restore the zero slot.
                    mstore(0x60, 0)
                    // `returndatasize()` will be `0x20` upon success, and `0x00` otherwise.
                    result := mload(sub(0x60, returndatasize()))
                }
                // Restore the free memory pointer.
                mstore(0x40, m)
            }
        }
    }
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal view returns (address result) {
        assembly {
            // Copy the free memory pointer so that we can restore it later.
            let m := mload(0x40)
            // prettier-ignore
            let s := and(vs, 0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            // If `s` in lower half order, such that the signature is not malleable.
            // prettier-ignore
            if iszero(gt(s, 0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff5d576e7357a4501ddfe92f46681b20a0)) {
                mstore(0x00, hash)
                mstore(0x20, add(shr(255, vs), 27))
                mstore(0x40, r)
                mstore(0x60, s)
                pop(
                    staticcall(
                        gas(), // Amount of gas left for the transaction.
                        0x01, // Address of `ecrecover`.
                        0x00, // Start of input.
                        0x80, // Size of input.
                        0x40, // Start of output.
                        0x20 // Size of output.
                    )
                )
                // Restore the zero slot.
                mstore(0x60, 0)
                // `returndatasize()` will be `0x20` upon success, and `0x00` otherwise.
                result := mload(sub(0x60, returndatasize()))
            }
            // Restore the free memory pointer.
            mstore(0x40, m)
        }
    }
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32 result) {
        assembly {
            // Store into scratch space for keccak256.
            mstore(0x20, hash)
            mstore(0x00, "\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
32")
            // 0x40 - 0x04 = 0x3c
            result := keccak256(0x04, 0x3c)
        }
    }
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32 result) {
        assembly {
            // We need at most 128 bytes for Ethereum signed message header.
            // The max length of the ASCII reprenstation of a uint256 is 78 bytes.
            // The length of "\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
" is 26 bytes (i.e. 0x1a).
            // The next multiple of 32 above 78 + 26 is 128 (i.e. 0x80).
            // Instead of allocating, we temporarily copy the 128 bytes before the
            // start of `s` data to some variables.
            let m3 := mload(sub(s, 0x60))
            let m2 := mload(sub(s, 0x40))
            let m1 := mload(sub(s, 0x20))
            // The length of `s` is in bytes.
            let sLength := mload(s)
            let ptr := add(s, 0x20)
            // `end` marks the end of the memory which we will compute the keccak256 of.
            let end := add(ptr, sLength)
            // Convert the length of the bytes to ASCII decimal representation
            // and store it into the memory.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := sLength } 1 {} {
                ptr := sub(ptr, 1)
                mstore8(ptr, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            // Copy the header over to the memory.
            mstore(sub(ptr, 0x20), "\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x00\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
")
            // Compute the keccak256 of the memory.
            result := keccak256(sub(ptr, 0x1a), sub(end, sub(ptr, 0x1a)))
            // Restore the previous memory.
            mstore(s, sLength)
            mstore(sub(s, 0x20), m1)
            mstore(sub(s, 0x40), m2)
            mstore(sub(s, 0x60), m3)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Gas optimized verification of proof of inclusion for a leaf in a Merkle tree.
/// @author Solady (https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/src/utils/MerkleProofLib.sol)
/// @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/MerkleProofLib.sol)
/// @author Modified from OpenZeppelin (https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/master/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
library MerkleProofLib {
    function verify(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool isValid) {
        assembly {
            if proof.length {
                // Left shift by 5 is equivalent to multiplying by 0x20.
                let end := add(proof.offset, shl(5, proof.length))
                // Initialize `offset` to the offset of `proof` in the calldata.
                let offset := proof.offset
                // Iterate over proof elements to compute root hash.
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} 1 {} {
                    // Slot of `leaf` in scratch space.
                    // If the condition is true: 0x20, otherwise: 0x00.
                    let scratch := shl(5, gt(leaf, calldataload(offset)))
                    // Store elements to hash contiguously in scratch space.
                    // Scratch space is 64 bytes (0x00 - 0x3f) and both elements are 32 bytes.
                    mstore(scratch, leaf)
                    mstore(xor(scratch, 0x20), calldataload(offset))
                    // Reuse `leaf` to store the hash to reduce stack operations.
                    leaf := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
                    offset := add(offset, 0x20)
                    // prettier-ignore
                    if iszero(lt(offset, end)) { break }
                }
            }
            isValid := eq(leaf, root)
        }
    }
    function verifyMultiProof(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] calldata leafs,
        bool[] calldata flags
    ) internal pure returns (bool isValid) {
        // Rebuilds the root by consuming and producing values on a queue.
        // The queue starts with the `leafs` array, and goes into a `hashes` array.
        // After the process, the last element on the queue is verified
        // to be equal to the `root`.
        //
        // The `flags` array denotes whether the sibling
        // should be popped from the queue (`flag == true`), or
        // should be popped from the `proof` (`flag == false`).
        assembly {
            // If the number of flags is correct.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} eq(add(leafs.length, proof.length), add(flags.length, 1)) {} {
                // Left shift by 5 is equivalent to multiplying by 0x20.
                // Compute the end calldata offset of `leafs`.
                let leafsEnd := add(leafs.offset, shl(5, leafs.length))
                // These are the calldata offsets.
                let leafsOffset := leafs.offset
                let flagsOffset := flags.offset
                let proofOffset := proof.offset
                // We can use the free memory space for the queue.
                // We don't need to allocate, since the queue is temporary.
                let hashesFront := mload(0x40)
                let hashesBack := hashesFront
                // This is the end of the memory for the queue.
                let end := add(hashesBack, shl(5, flags.length))
                // For the case where `proof.length + leafs.length == 1`.
                if iszero(flags.length) {
                    // If `proof.length` is zero, `leafs.length` is 1.
                    if iszero(proof.length) {
                        isValid := eq(calldataload(leafsOffset), root)
                        break
                    }
                    // If `leafs.length` is zero, `proof.length` is 1.
                    if iszero(leafs.length) {
                        isValid := eq(calldataload(proofOffset), root)
                        break
                    }
                }
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} 1 {} {
                    let a := 0
                    // Pops a value from the queue into `a`.
                    switch lt(leafsOffset, leafsEnd)
                    case 0 {
                        // Pop from `hashes` if there are no more leafs.
                        a := mload(hashesFront)
                        hashesFront := add(hashesFront, 0x20)
                    }
                    default {
                        // Otherwise, pop from `leafs`.
                        a := calldataload(leafsOffset)
                        leafsOffset := add(leafsOffset, 0x20)
                    }
                    let b := 0
                    // If the flag is false, load the next proof,
                    // else, pops from the queue.
                    switch calldataload(flagsOffset)
                    case 0 {
                        // Loads the next proof.
                        b := calldataload(proofOffset)
                        proofOffset := add(proofOffset, 0x20)
                    }
                    default {
                        // Pops a value from the queue into `a`.
                        switch lt(leafsOffset, leafsEnd)
                        case 0 {
                            // Pop from `hashes` if there are no more leafs.
                            b := mload(hashesFront)
                            hashesFront := add(hashesFront, 0x20)
                        }
                        default {
                            // Otherwise, pop from `leafs`.
                            b := calldataload(leafsOffset)
                            leafsOffset := add(leafsOffset, 0x20)
                        }
                    }
                    // Advance to the next flag offset.
                    flagsOffset := add(flagsOffset, 0x20)
                    // Slot of `a` in scratch space.
                    // If the condition is true: 0x20, otherwise: 0x00.
                    let scratch := shl(5, gt(a, b))
                    // Hash the scratch space and push the result onto the queue.
                    mstore(scratch, a)
                    mstore(xor(scratch, 0x20), b)
                    mstore(hashesBack, keccak256(0x00, 0x40))
                    hashesBack := add(hashesBack, 0x20)
                    // prettier-ignore
                    if iszero(lt(hashesBack, end)) { break }
                }
                // Checks if the last value in the queue is same as the root.
                isValid := eq(mload(sub(hashesBack, 0x20)), root)
                break
            }
        }
    }
}